Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part IV. Salayatana-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1894



Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 4.9.2014]




NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.



ANNOTATED VERSION



STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section





THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r ṛ
vocalic R Ṛ
long vocalic r ṝ
vocalic l ḷ
vocalic L Ḷ
long vocalic l ḹ
velar n ṅ
velar N Ṅ
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t ṭ
retroflex T Ṭ
retroflex d ḍ
retroflex D Ḍ
retroflex n ṇ
retroflex N Ṇ
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s ṣ
retroflex S Ṣ
anusvara ṃ
visarga ḥ
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar ḻ
r underbar ṟ
n underbar ṉ
k underbar ḵ
t underbar ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm








Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol. IV

[page 001]
1
Saṃyutta-Nikāya

DIVISION IV Saḷāyatana-vaggo

Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||

 BOOK I SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTAM (XXXV)

SECTION I MŪLAPAÑÑĀSA

CHAPTER I ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO

 SN_4,35(1).1 (1) Aniccam1; ajjhattam
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhaveti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || ||
4 Sotam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ || la ||
5 Ghānam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ || la ||
6 Jivhā aniccā || yad aniccam- -sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
7-8 Kāyo anicco || Mano anicco || yad aniccam taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkham tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||


[page 002]
2 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 1. 9
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati || sotasmimpi- || ghānasmimpi- ||
jivhāya pi- || kāyasmim pi- || manasmim pi nibbindati ||
nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti ñāṇam hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).2 (2) Dukkham1; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānam dukkhaṃ || || Jivhā dukkhaṃ || || Kāyo dukkho ||
8 Mano dukkho || yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).3 (3) Anattā; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam anattā || || Ghānam anattā || || Jivhā anattā ||
Kāyo anattā ||
8 Mano anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).4 (4) Aniccam; bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ


[page 003]
XXXV. 6. 9] ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpesu pi nibbindati || Saddesu pi- || Gandhesu pi- || Rasesu pi- ||
Phoṭṭhabbesu pi- || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).5 (5) Dukkham; bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yad dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).6 (6) Anattā2; bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||


[page 004]
4 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 7. 3

 SN_4,35(1).7 (7) Aniccam3; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmim pi cakkhusmim anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-5 Sotam aniccaṃ || Ghānam aniccaṃ ||
6 Jivhā aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannāya || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītāya jivhāya anapekho hoti || anāgatam jivham nābhinandati || paccuppannāya jivhāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya patipanno hotīti || ||
7 Kāyo anicco || pa ||
8 Mano anicco atītānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ manasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya patipanno hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).8 (8) Dukkham3; ajjhattam
3-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītānāgataṃ ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti ||
pe || ||
8 Mano dukkho atītānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).9 (9) Anattā3; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ cakkhusmim anapekho hoti


[page 005]
XXXV. 11. 3] ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || anāgatam cakkhum nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || pe || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannāya || pe || paṭipanno hoti || || Kāyo anattā || ||
8 Mano anattā atītānagato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ manasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).10 (10) Aniccam4 bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).11 (11) Dukkham4 bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||


[page 006]
6 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 11. 4
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nabhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).12 (12) Anattā4; bāhiram
3 Rupā bhikkhave anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
Aniccavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ca || ||
tayo ajjhattabāhirā || ||
Yad aniccena tayo vuttā ||
te te ajjhattabāhirā ti || ||

CHAPTER II YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO

 SN_4,35(1).13 (1) Sambodhena1
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi


[page 007]
XXXV. 13. 10] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ko nu kho cakkhussa assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || Ko sotassa || pe || Ko ghānassa || Ko jivhāya: Ko kāyassa || Ko manassa assādo ||
ko ādinavo || kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
3-5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaṃ kho cakkhuṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam || ayam cakkhussa assādo || || Yaṃ cakkhum aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ cakkhussa ādīnavo || || Yo cakkhusmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idam cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ || pe ||
6-7 Yaṃ jivham paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ||
ayaṃ jivhāya assādo || || Yaṃ jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ jivhāya ādīnavo || || Yo jivhāya chandaragavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ ||
la ||
8 Yaṃ manam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayam manassa assādo || || Yam mano anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo || ayam manassa ādīnavo || Yo manasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ manassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam evam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
10 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam evam assādam assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaranato yathābhūtam abbhaññāsiṃ || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaniyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||


[page 008]
8 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 13. 11
11 Ñāṇaṃ ca me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jati natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).14 (2) Sambodhena2
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho rūpānam assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ko saddānaṃ || la || ||
Ko gandhānaṃ || || Ko rasānaṃ || || Ko poṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
Ko dhammānam assādo || ko ādīnavo || kim nissaraṇanti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaṃ kho rūpe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam || ayaṃ rupānam assādo || || Yaṃ rūpā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ dhammānam ādīnavo || || Yo rūpesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idam rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
4-7 Yaṃ Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || ||
8 Dhamme paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayam assādo || || Yaṃ dhammānam aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmaddhammā || ayaṃ dhammānam ādīnavo || Yo dhammesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idam dhammānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9-10 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam bāhirānam āyatanānam evam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
11 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).15 (3) Assādena1
2 Cakkhussāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo cakkhussa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā cakkhussa assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ


[page 009]
XXXV. 16. 2] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yo cakkhussa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||yāvatā cakkhussa ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yam cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā cakkhussa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
3-4 Sotassāham bhikkhave || || Ghānassāham bhikkhave || ||
5 Jivhāyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo jivhāya assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā jivhāya assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo jivhāya ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā jivhāya ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā jivhāya nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
6 Kāyassa || pe ||
7 Manassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
Yo manassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā manassa assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Manassāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo manassa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā manassa ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Manassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yam manassa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā manassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭham || ||
8-9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīnato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsim || ||
10 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).16 (4) Assādena2
2 Rupānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ || yo rūpānam assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā rūpānam assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Rūpānāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ


[page 010]
10 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 16. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yo rūpānam ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā rūpānam ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Rupānāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā rūpānaṃ nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
3-6 Pe || ||
7 Dhammānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo dhammānam assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yā yāvatā dhammānam assādo paññāya meso sudiṭṭho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo dhammānam ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā dhammānam ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ dhammānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā dhammānaṃ nissaraṇam paññāya me tam sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
8-9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam bāhīrānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissarānato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
10 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).17 (5) No cetena1
2 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa assādo abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā cakkhusmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa assādo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiṃ sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā cakkhusmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa ādīnavo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiṃ nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa nissaraṇam abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā cakkhusmā nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā cakkhusmā nissaranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave sotassa assādo abhavissa ||


[page 011]
XXXV. 17. 21] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 11
8-10 No cedam bhikkhave ghānassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
11 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā jivhāya sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya assādo tasmā sattā jivhāya sārajjanti || ||
12 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya ādīnavo abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā jivhāya nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya ādīnavo tasmā sattā jivhāya nibbindanti || ||
13 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya nissaraṇam abhavissa ||
na yidam sattā jivhāya nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā jivhāya nissaranti || ||
14-16 No cedam bhikkhave kāyassa assādo abhavissa || ||
17 No cedam bhikkhave manassa assādo abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā manasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa assādo tasmā sattā manasmiṃ sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave manassa ādīnavo abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā manasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa ādīnavo tasmā sattā manasmiṃ nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave manassa nissaraṇaṃ abhavissa || nayidam sattā manasmā nissareyyuṃ || ||Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā manasmā nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam nābbhaññāsuṃ || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato ṇissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abhaññāsuṃ


[page 012]
12 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 18. 2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || atha kho bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).18 (6) No cetena2
2 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpesu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpānam assādo tasmā sattā rūpesu sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpesu nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpānam ādīnavo tasmā sattā rūpesu nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam nissaraṇam abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā rūpehi nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi rūpāṇaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā rūpehi nissaranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave Saddānaṃ || ||
8-10 Gandhānaṃ || ||
11-13 Rasānaṃ ||
14-16 Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
17 Dhammānam assādo abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā dhammesu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam assādo tasmā sattā dhammesu sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānam ādīnavo abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā dhammesu nibbindeyyuṃ || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam ādīnavo tasmā sattā dhammesu nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānaṃ nissaraṇam abhavissa || na yidaṃ sattā dhammehi nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā dhammehi nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam bāhirānam āyatanānam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññaṃsu


[page 013]
XXXV. 20. 2] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam bāhirānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca adīnavato || pa || yathabhūtam abbhaññaṃsu || atha kho bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).19 (7) Abhinandena1
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhum abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmī || pe || Yo jivham abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manam abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
3 yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo jivhaṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manaṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).20 (8) Abhinandena2
2 Yo bhikkhave rūpe abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭṭhabbe || dhamme abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||


[page 014]
14 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 20. 3
3 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpe nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭṭhabbe || dhamme nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati ||
yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).21 (9) Uppādena1
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmara nassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo sotassa || la || Yo ghānassa ||
5-6 Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyassa || ||
7 Yo manassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo ||
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-13 Yo sotassa || Yo manassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānam vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).22 (10) Uppādena2
2 Yo bhikkhave rūpānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhavo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo saddānaṃ || Yo gandhānaṃ ||
5-6 Yo rasānaṃ || Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ ||
7 Yo dhammānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo maraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-12 Yo saddānaṃ || Yo gandhānaṃ || yo rasānaṃ ||
Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ ||


[page 015]
XXXV. 24. 6] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 15
13 Yo dhammānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
Yamakavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Sambodhena duve vuttā || Assādena apare dve ||
No cetena dve vuttā || Abhinandena apare dve ||
Uppādena dve vuttā || Vaggo tena pavuccatāti || ||

CHAPTER III SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,35(1).23 (1) Sabba
1 Sāvatthi -- Tatra -- voca --
2 Sabbaṃ vo bhikkhave dessissāmi || tam suṇātha || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbaṃ || || Cakkhuṃ ceva rūpā ca ||
Sotañca saddā ca || Ghānañca gandhā ca || Jivhā rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave sabbaṃ || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave evam vadeyya || Aham etaṃ sabbam paccakkhāya aññaṃ sabbam paññāpessāmīti || tassa vācāvatthur evassa || puṭṭho ca na sampāpeyya || uttariñca vighātaṃ āpajjeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayasminti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).24 (2) Pahāna1
2 Sabbappahānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave pahātabbaṃ || rūpā pahātabbā ||
cakkhuviññāṇam pahātabbaṃ || cakkhusamphasso pahātabbo


[page 016]
16 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 24. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkam asukhaṃ vā || tam pi pahātabbam || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhā pahātabbā || Rasā pahātabbā || jivhāviññāṇam pahātabbaṃ || jivhāsamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi pahātabbaṃ || ||pe|| ||
9 Mano pahātabbo || dhammā pahātabbā || manoviññāṇam pahātabbaṃ || manosamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukham vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi pahātabbaṃ || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).25 (3) Pahāna2
2 Sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desissāmi || taṃ sunātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahānāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ ||
rūpā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā || cakkhuviññāṇam abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || cakkhusamphasso abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati veddayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbam || pe ||
7-8 jivhā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā || rasā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā || jivhāviññāṇaṃ abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || jivhāsamphasso abhiñña pariññā pahātabbo ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbam || pe ||
9 mano abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo || dhammā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā


[page 017]
XXXV. 26. 11] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO. 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || manoviññāṇam abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || manosamphasso abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo ||
Yam pidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || ||
10 Ayam kho bhikkhave sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahānāya dhammo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).26 (4) Parijānāna1
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhavyāya || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rūpe anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || la || cakkhusamphassaṃ || la || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa || la || dukkhakkhayāya || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivham anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāviññāṇam || pe || jivhāsamphassaṃ || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukham vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manoviññāṇam ||
manosamphassaṃ || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
10 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
11 Sabbañca kho bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||


[page 018]
18 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 26. 12
12 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rūpe abhijānaṃobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuviññāṇam abhijānaṃobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Cakkhusamphassam abhijānaṃobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Yaṃ pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || pe || ||
16-17 Jivham abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāviññāṇaṃ || jivhāsamphassaṃ || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyam || ||
18 Manam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphassam || la || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
19 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānam virājayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).27 (5) Parijānāna2
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānam aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Yaṃ ca kho cakkhu ye ca rūpā yañca cakkhuviññāṇam ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||


[page 019]
XXXV. 28. 7] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 19
7-8 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā yañca jivhāviññāṇaṃ ye ca jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
9 Yo ca kāyo ye ca poṭṭhabbā yañca kāyaviññāṇaṃ ye ca kāyaviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
10 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yañca manoviññāṇam ye ca manoviññaṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
11 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
12 Sabbam ca kho bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānam virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Yañca bhikkhave cakkhum ye ca rūpā yañca cakkhuviññāṇam ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā ||
pe || ||
16-17 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā yañca jivhāviññāṇaṃ ye ca jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
18 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yaṃ ca manoviññāṇaṃ ye ca manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
19 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).28 (6) Ādittam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Gayāsīse saddhim bhikkhusahassena || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Sabbaṃ bhikkhave ādittaṃ || Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam ādittaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave ādittam || rūpā ādittā || cakkhuviññāṇam ādittaṃ || cakkhusamphasso āditto || yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi ādittaṃ || ||
Kena ādittaṃ || || Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ || jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe ||
6-7 Jivhā ādittā || rasā ādittā || jivhāviññāṇam ādittaṃ ||


[page 020]
20 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 28. 8
jivhāsamphasso āditto || yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi ādittaṃ || || Kena ādittam || Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittam || jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi uyāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe || ||
8 Mano āditto dhammā ādittā manoviññāṇam ādittaṃ manosamphasso āditto || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi ādittaṃ || || Kena ādittam || ||
Pāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyasehi ādittanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāne pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukham vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā tasmim pi nibbindati || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaṃ- -tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti ñānaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī ti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandunti || ||
11 Imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsūti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).29 (7) Andhabhūtam
1 Evam me sutam || Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Bhikkhū āmantesi || Sabbam bhikkhave andhabhūtam || ||


[page 021]
XXXV. 30. 2] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 21
Kiñca bhikkhave andhabhūtaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave andhabhūtaṃ || rūpā andhabhūtā ||
cakkhuviññāṇam andhabhūtam || cakkhusamphasso andhabhūto || yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi andhabhūtam || || Kena andhabhūtam || || Jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyasehi andhabhūtan ti vadāmi || la ||
6 Jivhā andhabhūtā rasā andhabhūtā jivhāviññāṇam andhabhūtam jivhāsamphasso andhabhūto || yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi andhabhūtaṃ || ||
Kena andhabhūtaṃ || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andhabhūtanti vadāmi || la ||
7 Kāyo andhabhūto || ||
8 Mano andhabhūto || dhammā andhabhūtā || manoviññāṇam andhabhūtam || manosamphasso andhabhūto || yampidam manosamphassa paccayā appajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi andhabhūtaṃ || || Kena andhabhūtam || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andhabhūtanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).30 (8) Sāruppa
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasāruppaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi


[page 022]
22 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA (XXXV. 30. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam suṇātha suṇāhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
3 Katamā ca bhikkhave sabbamaññitasmugghāta sāruppā paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuṃ na maññati cakkhusmiṃ na maññati cakkhuto na maññati Cakkhu meti na maññati || || Rūpe na maññati rūpesu na maññati rūpato na maññati Rūpā meti na maññati || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na maññati cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ na maññati cakkhuviññāṇato na maññati Cakkhuviññāṇam me ti na maññati || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññati cakkhusamphassasmiṃ na maññati cakkhusamphassato na maññati Cakkhusamphasso me ti na maññati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusaṃphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || ||
pe ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññati jivhāya na maññati jivhato na maññati Jivhā me ti na maññati || || Rase na maññati rasesu-rasato na maññati Rasā me ti na maññati || || Jivhā viññānaṃ na maññati jivhiññāṇasmiṃ na maññatijivhāviññāṇato na maññati Jivhāviññāṇam me ti na maññati || ||
Jivhāsamphassaṃ na maññati jivhāsamphassasmiṃ na maññati jivhāsamphassato na maññati Jivhāsamphasso me ti na maññati || || Yampidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || pe ||
9 Manaṃ na maññati manasmiṃ na maññati manato na maññati Mano me ti na maññati || || Dhamme na maññati dhammesu na maññati dhammato na maññati Dhammā me ti na maññati || || Manoviññāṇam na maññati manoviññāṇasmiṃ na maññati manoviññāṇato na maññati Manoviññāṇam me ti na maññati || || Manosamphassaṃ na maññati manosamphassasmiṃ na maññati manosamphassato na maññati Manosamphasso me ti na maññati


[page 023]
XXXV. 31. 8 ] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 23
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || ||
10 Sabbaṃ na maññati sabbasmiṃ na maññati sabbato na maññati Sabbaṃ me na maññati || ||
11 So evam amaññamāno na kiñci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || Khīṇājāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī ti || ||
12 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghātasāruppā paṭipadā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).31 (9) Sappāya1
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyā paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuṃ na maññati cakkhusmiṃ na maññati cakkhuto na maññati Cakkhu me ti na maññati || || rūpe na maññati || pe || || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na maññati || || cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññati jivhāya na maññati jivhāto na maññati Jivhā me ti na maññati || || rase na maññati ||
jivhāviññāṇam na maññati || jivhāsamphassaṃ na maññati || || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā


[page 024]
24 SAḶĀYATANA-SAMYUTTA (XXXV. 31. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati ||
tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññati manasmiṃ na maññati manato na maññati Mano me ti na maññati || dhamme || mano viññāṇam || manosamphassam || || Yam pidam -Tam me ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati || yasmim maññati || yato maññati || yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhadhātu āyatanaṃ tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || so evaṃ na maññamāno na kiñci loke upādiyati anupādiyaṃ na paritassati aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).32 (10) Sappāya2
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sa bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyā paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhu niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||


[page 025]
XXXV. 32. 9] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 25
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham viparināmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā || la || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante ||pe|| ||
7-8 Jivhā niccā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || la ||
Rasā || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
9 Mano ||dhammā || pa || manoviññāṇaṃ || mano samphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti ||
No hetam bhante || ||


[page 026]
26 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 32. 10
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati || || pe || ||
Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi || la || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇiyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti ti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||
Sabbavaggo tatiyo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Sabbaṃ ca dve pi pahānā || ||
Parijānā apare duve ||
Ādittam andhabhūtaṃ ca ||
Sāruppā dve ca sappāyā ||
Vaggo tena pavuccati || ||

CHAPTER IV JĀTIDHAMMA-VAGGOCATUTTHO|| ||

 SN_4,35(1).33 (1) Jāti
1 Sāvatthi || || Te Tatra kho || ||
2 Sabbam bhikkhave jātidhammaṃ || kiñca bhikkhave sabbaṃ jātidhammaṃ || ||


[page 027]
XXXV. 38] JĀTIDHAMMA-VAGGO CATUTTHO 27
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave jātidhammaṃ || || Rūpā jātidhammā || || Cakkhuviññāṇam jātidhammaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi jātidhammam ||pe|| ||
6 Jivhā || || Rasā || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso || || Yaṃ pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi jātidhammaṃ || || pe || ||
7 Kāyo ||pe|| ||
8 Mano jātidhammo || || Dhammā jātidhammā || || Manoviññāṇaṃ jātidhammaṃ || || Manosamphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ va adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi jātidhammaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).34 (2) Jarā
Sabbam bhikkhave jarādhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).35 (3) Vyādhi
Sabbam bhikkhave vyādhidhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).36 (4) Maraṇa
Sabbam bhikkhave maraṇadhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).37 (5) Soko
Sabbam bhikkhave sokadhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).38 (6) Saṃkilesa
Sabbam bhikkhave saṃkilesadhammaṃ || ||


[page 028]
28 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 39

 SN_4,35(1).39 (7) Khaya
Sabbam bhikkhave khayadhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).40 (8) Vaya
Sabbam bhikkhave vayadhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).41 (9) Samudaya
Sabbam bhikkhave samudayadhammaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).42 (10) Nirodha
Sabbam bhikkhave nirodhadhammaṃ || ||
Jātidhammavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Jāti Jarā Vyādhi Maraṇaṃ ||
Soko ca Saṅkileso ca ||
Khaya -- Vaya -- Samudayam ||
Nirodhadhammena te dasā ti || ||

CHAPTER V ANICCA-VAGGO PAÑCAMO
Sāvatthi || Tatra kho || ||

 SN_4,35(1).43 (1) Aniccam
Sabbam bhikkhave aniccam || ||

 SN_4,35(1).44 (2) Dukkham
Sabbam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).45 (3) Anattā
Sabbam bhikkhave anattā ||


[page 029]
XXXV. 52. 7] ANICCA-VAGGO PAÑCAMO 29

 SN_4,35(1).46 (4) Abhiññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave abhiññeyyaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).47 (5) Pariññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave pariññeyyaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).48 (6) Pahātabbam
Sabbam bhikkhave pahātabbaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).49 (7) Sacchikātabbam
Sabbam bhikkhave sacchikātabbaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).50 (8) Abhiññāpariññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave abhiññāpariññeyyaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).51 (9) Upaddutam
Sabbam bhikkhave upaddutaṃ || ||

 SN_4,35(1).52 (10) Upassaṭṭhaṃ
2 Sabbam bhikkhave upassaṭṭhaṃ || Kiñca bhikkhave upassaṭṭhaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave upassaṭṭham || || Rūpā upassaṭṭhā || || Cakkhuviññāṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso upassaṭṭho || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi upassaṭṭham || la ||
5 Jivhā upassāṭṭhā || || Rasā upassaṭṭhā || || Jivhāviññāṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso upassaṭṭho || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi upassaṭṭhaṃ || ||
6 Kāyo upassaṭṭho || ||
7 Mano upassaṭṭho || || Dhammā upassaṭṭhā || || Manoviññāṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Manosamphasso upassaṭṭho || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā


[page 030]
30 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 52. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam pi upassaṭṭhaṃ || ||
8 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Aniccavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassa uddānam || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ||
Abhiññeyyaṃ Pariññeyyaṃ || ||
Pahātabbaṃ Sacchikātabbaṃ ||
Abhiññātam pariññeyyaṃ ||
Upaddutaṃ Upassaṭṭham ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||
Saḷāyatanavagge Paññāsako pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Sutavaggam ca No cetam ||
Sabbam vaggaṃ Janānica ||
Aniccavaggena paññāsaṃ ||
Pañcamo tena pavuccatīti || ||
PAÑÑĀSAKO DUTIYO

CHAPTER I AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO
Sāvatthi || la10 ||

 SN_4,35(1).53 (1) Avijjā
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||


[page 031]
XXXV. 55. 9] AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO 31
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathan nu kho bhante jānato katham passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatīti || || Rūpe aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Cakkhuviññāṇam || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhaṃ || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphassaṃ || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā ||
tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).54 (2) Samyojanā1
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato samyojanā pahiyyantīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato saṃyojanā pahiyyanti || || Rūpe || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ || || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tampi aniccato jānato passato saṃyojanā pahiyyanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato saṃyojanā pahiyyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).55 (3) Samyojanā2
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato saṃyojanā samugghātam gacchantīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaṃ gacchanti


[page 032]
32 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 55. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Rūpe anattato || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇam anattato || || Cakkhusamphassam anattato || || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tam pi anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato saṃyojanā samugghātam gacchantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).56-57 (4-5) Asavā1-2
3-10 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato āsavā pahiyyantīti || la || ||
Āsavā samugghātaṃ gacchantīti || la || ||

 SN_4,35(1).58-59 (6-7) Anusayā1-2
3 Kathaṃ- -anusayā pahiyyantīti || la || || -anusayā samugghātam gacchantīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhave anattato jānato passato anusayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānaṃ || Jivhaṃ || Kāyaṃ ||
9 Manaṃ || || Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphassaṃ || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato anusayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato anusayā samugghāṭam gacchantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).60 (8) Pariññā
2 Sabbupādānapariññāya vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariññāya dhammo || ||
4 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evampassaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati


[page 033]
XXXV. 61. 9. ] AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariññātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati || Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandheca || Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || || Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca || ||
9 Manam ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariññātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariññāya dhammoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).61 (9) Pariyādinnaṃ1
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇam ||
la ||
9 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati


[page 034]
34 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 61. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).62 (10) Pariyādinnam2
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammam desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammo ||
4 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccam vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā || la || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || ||
Yam pidaṃ cakkhusampassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ-niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano || dhammā || manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||


[page 035]
XXXV. 63. 3] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 35
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || la || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi nibbindati ||
jivhāviññāṇe pi || jivhāsamphasse pi || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati || la ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati ||
manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammoti || ||
Avijjāvaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Avijjā Samyojanā dve ||
Āsavena dve vuttā ||
Anusayā apare dve ||
Pariññā dve Pariyādinnaṃ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||

CHAPTER II MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO

 SN_4,35(1).63 (1) Migajālena1
1 Sāvatthinidānam || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ekavihārī ekavihārīti bhante vuccati ||


[page 036]
36 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 4
kittāvatā nu kho bhante ekavihārī hoti || kittāvatā ca pana Sadutiyavihārī hoti || ||
4 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti ||
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārīti vuccati ||
5-6 || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti ||
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārīti vuccati || || la ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārīti vuccati || ||
10 Evaṃvihārīca Migajāla bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññe vanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhaseyyakāni paṭisallāṇasāruppāni || atha kho sadutiyavihārīti vuccati ||
11 Tam kissa hetu || || Taṇhā hissa dutiyā sāssa apahīnā || tasmā sadutiyavihārīti vuccati || ||
12-14 Santi ca kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantāmanāpāpiyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nā ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati saṃyogo na hoti


[page 037]
XXXV. 64. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || nandisaṃyojanavisaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārīti vuccati || la ||
15-16 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
17 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati saṃyogo na hoti || nandisaṃyojanavisaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārīti vuccati || ||
18 Evaṃvihārī ca Migajāla bhikkhu kiñcāpi gāmante viharati ākiṇṇe bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ||
atha kho ekavihārīti vuccati || ||
19 Tam kissa hetu || || Taṇhā hissa dutiyā sāssa pahīnā tasmā ekavihārīti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).64 (2) Migajāla
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4-6 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Migajālāti vadāmi || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi


[page 038]
38 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 64. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || nandisamudavā dukkhasamudayo Migājalāti vadāmi || ||
10-12 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti vadāmi || ||
13-14 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā iṭṭhā kantā || pe ||
15 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa taṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti vadāmīti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīya nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññasi || ||
18 Aññataro va panāyasmā Migajālo arahataṃ ahosīti ||

 SN_4,35(1).65 (3) Samiddhi (1)
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā || pa ||
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māroti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante {Māro} vā assa Mārapaññatti vā ti || ||
4 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi rūpā atthi cakkhuviññāṇam atthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā


[page 039]
XXXV. 68. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 39
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || ||
5-6 Atthi sotaṃ- atthi ghānam- ||
7-8 Atthi jivhā atthi rasā atthi jivhāviññāṇam atthi jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || || Atthi kāyo || ||
9 Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manoviññāṇam atthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || ||
10-12 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi rūpā natthi cakkhuviññāṇaṃ natthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā ||
la ||
13-14 Natthi jivhā natthi rasā natthi jivhāviññāṇaṃ natthi jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || la ||
15 Natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manoviññāṇaṃ natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).66 (4) Samiddhi2
3-15 Satto satto ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante satto vā assa sattapaññatti vā ti || la ||

 SN_4,35(1).67 (5) Samiddhi3
3-15 Dukkhaṃ dukkhanti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante dukkhaṃ vā assa dukkhapaññatti vā ti ||
la ||

 SN_4,35(1).68 (6) Samiddhi4
3 Loko lokoti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko vā assa lokapaññatti vā ti || ||
4-9 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi rūpā atthi cakkhuviññāṇam atthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā || || la || ||


[page 040]
40 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 10
Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manoviññāṇaṃ atthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā || ||
10-15 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi rūpā natthi cakkhuviññāṇam natthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā || || la || || natthi jivhā natthi rasā || pe || natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manoviññāṇaṃ natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).69 (7) Upasena
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Upaseno Rājagahe viharanti sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upasenassa kāye āsīviso patito hoti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Upaseno bhikkhū āmantesi || || Etha me āvuso imaṃ kāyam mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā nīharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhūsamuṭṭhīti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Upasenam etad avoca || || Na kho pana mayam passāma āyasmato Upasenassa kāyassa vā aññathattam indriyānaṃ vā vipariṇāmaṃ || ||
5 Atha panāyasmā Upaseno evam āha || || Etha me āvuso imaṃ kāyam mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā nīharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhūsamuṭṭhīti || ||
6 Yassa nuna āvuso Sāriputta evam assa Ahaṃ cakkhunti Mama cakkhunti vā || la || Ahaṃ jivhā ti vā Mama jivhāti vā || || Aham mano ti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa āvuso Sariputta siyā kāyassa vā aññathattam indriyānaṃ vā pariṇāmo || || Mayhañca kho āvuso Sāriputta na evaṃ hoti


[page 041]
XXXV. 70. 4] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Ahaṃ cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || la ||
Ahaṃ jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti va || || Ahaṃ manoti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa mayham āvuso Sāriputta kiṃ kāyassa vā aññathattam bhavissati indriyānaṃ vā vipariṇāmoti || ||
7 Tathā hi panāyasmato Upasenassa dīgharattam ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā āyasmato Upasenassa na evaṃ hoti || Ahaṃ cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || || Ahaṃ jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti vā || ||
Aham mano ti vā Mama mano ti vā || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Upasenassa kāyam mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā nīhariṃsu || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmato Upasenassa kāyo tattheva vikiri seyyathāpi bhūsamuṭṭhī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).70 (8) Upavāna
2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sandiṭṭhiko dhammo sandiṭṭhiko dhammoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sandiṭṭhiko dhammo ti || akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhīti || ||
4 Idha pana Upavāṇa bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rūpapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti {rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantaṃ Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā {rūpapaṭisaṃvedī} ca hoti {rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} ca ||
santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||


[page 042]
42 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA XXXV. 70. 5
5-6 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu || la ||
7-8 Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rasapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā {rasapaṭisaṃvedī} ca hoti rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgaṃ. Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgoti pajānāti ||
evam pi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || la || ||
9 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammarāgapaṭisaṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammarāgapaṭisaṃvedi ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evampi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko hoti || la || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
10 Idha panā Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rūpapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti no ca rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī ||
asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan tam Upavāna Bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rūpapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti no ca {rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} || asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavaṇa sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
11-14 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ ||
ghānena gandhaṃ || jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rasapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti no ca rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgoti pajānāti || la ||


[page 043]
XXXV. 71. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 43
15 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya dhammapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti || no ca dhammarāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya {dhammapaṭisaṃvedī} hi kho hoti || no ca dhammarāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgam Natthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evaṃ kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti kāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).71 (9) Chaphassāyatanikā1
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || avusitaṃ tena brahmacariyaṃ ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ || ahañhi bhante channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāmīti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi bhikkhu || || Cakkhum etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassassī ti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || esevanto dukkhassa || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || || No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ bhavissati || esevanto dukkhassa || la || ||
9 Manam- -esevanto dukkhassā ti || ||


[page 044]
44 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 72. 2

 SN_4,35(1).72 (10) Chaphassayātanikā2
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudāyañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || avusitaṃ tena brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayāti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ || ahañhi bhante channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāmīti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu Cakkhuṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasīti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ bhavissati || evan te etaṃ pathamam phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāya || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasīti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || evante etam catuttham phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāya || || pa || ||
9 Manaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassasīti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Mano netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || evam te etaṃ chaṭṭham phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).73 (11) Chaphassāyatanikā3
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam nappajānāti


[page 045]
XXXV. 78. 10] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || avusitam tena brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ || ahañhi bhante channam phassayātanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāmīti || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No etam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Migajālavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Migajālena dve vuttā ||
Cattāro ca Samiddhinā ||
Upaseno Upavāṇo ca ||
Chaphassāyatanikā tayo ti || ||


[page 046]
46 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 74. 1

CHAPTER III GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,35(1).74 (1) Gilāna1
1 Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Amukasmim bhante vihāre aññataro bhikkhu navo appaññāto ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || sādhu bhante Bhagavā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavā navakavādañca sutvā gilānavādañca appaññāto bhikkhūti iti viditvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || ||
5 Addasā kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samañcopi || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || alam āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samañcapi || santimāni āsanāni paññattāni tatthāhaṃ nisīdissāmīti || Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane || ||
7 Nisajja kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
Kacci te bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ || kacci yāpanīyaṃ || kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no atikkamanti || patikammosānam paññāyati no abhikkamoti || || Na me bhante khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti || abhikkamosānam paññāyati no paṭikkamoti || ||
8 Kacci te bhikkhu na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vippaṭisāroti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccam anappako vippaṭisāroti || ||


[page 047]
XXXV. 75. 10] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 47
9 Kacci pana tvaṃ attā sīlato na upavadatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu attā sīlato upavadati || atha bhikkhu {kismiṃ} ca te kukkuccam ko ca vippaṭisāroti || ||
Na khvāham bhante sīlavisuddhattham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmīti || ||
11 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sīlavisuddhattham mayā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi || atha kimatthaṃ carahi tvam bhikkhu mayā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāsīti ||
Rāgavirāgatthaṃ khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmīti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || Sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu rāgavirāgattham mayā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāsi || rāgavirāgattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu cakkhum niccaṃ aniccaṃ vāti || Aniccam bhante || la || Sotaṃ || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhuno virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhum udapādi || || Yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbantaṃ nirodhadhammanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).75 (2) Gilāna2
1-10 [Exacky the same as in the preceding Sutta] No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sīlavisuddhattham mayā dhammam desitam ājānāsi


[page 048]
48 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 75. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || atha kimatthaṃ carahi tvam bhikkhu mayā dhammaṃ desitam ajānāsīti || ||
Anupādāparinibbāṇatthaṃ khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmīti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho pana tvam bhikkhu anupādāparinibbāṇattham mayā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāsi || anupādāparinibbānattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || ||
13-14 [As in the preceding]
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Attamano so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmim bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhussa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).76 (3) Rādha1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamattako ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-7 Kiñca Rādha aniccaṃ || || Cakkhuṃ kho Rādha aniccam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā aniccā || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇam || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccam tatra te chando pahatabbo || la || ||
8-9 Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || dhammā ||
manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphasso || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ||


[page 049]
XXXV. 79. 4] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 49
11 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).77 (4) Rādha2
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-10 Kiñca Rādha dukkhaṃ || || Cakkhu kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).78 (5) Rādha3
4 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-9 Ko ca Rādha anattā || Cakkhuṃ kho Rādha anattā ||
tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano anattā || || Dhammā || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || ||
Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tampi anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).79 (6) Avijjā (1)
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
Atthi kho bhikkhu kho dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||


[page 050]
50 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 79. 5
Avijjā kho bhikkhu eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
5 Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajatīti || ||
6 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || || Rūpe || la || Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
7-11 Jivhā || Mano || ||
12 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).80 (7) Avijjā2
1-5 [As in the preceding]
6 Idha bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti Dhammā nālam abhinivesāyāti || || Evañce tam bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti Sabbe dhammā nālam abhinivesāyāti || so sabbam dhammam abhijānāti || sabbaṃ dhammam abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammam parijānāti || sabbaṃ dhammam pariññāya sabbanimittāni aññato passati || cakkhum aññato passati || rūpe || cakkhuviññāṇam || cakkhusamphassaṃ || || pe || ||
yam pidaṃ mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ va || tam pi aññato passati || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).81 (8) Bhikkhu
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ


[page 051]
XXXV. 81. 11] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Idha no bhante aññatitthiyā paribbājakā amhe evam pucchanti || Kim atthi yam āvuso Samane Gotame brahmacariyam vussatīti || || Evam puṭṭhā mayam bhante tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākaroma || Dukkhassa kho āvuso pariññattham Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || || Kacci mayam bhante evam puṭṭhā evaṃ vyākaramānā vuttavādino ve Bhagavato homa || na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhāma ||
dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaroma || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī ti || ||
4 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave evam puṭṭhā evaṃ vyākaramānā vuttavādino ceva me hotha || na ca mam abhūtena abbhācikkhatha dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākarotha ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchati || Dukkhassa hi bhikkhave pariññattham mayi brahmacariyaṃ vussati || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuṃ || Katamam pana tam āvuso dukkhaṃ yassa pariññāya Samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyam vussatīti || ||
Evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ || tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Rūpā || la || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjativedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || || Mano dukkho || la || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || || Idaṃ kho tam āvuso dukkhaṃ || tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || ||


[page 052]
52 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 81. 12
12 Evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyāthāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).82 (9) Loko
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatīti || ||
Lujjatīti kho bhikkhu tasmā loko ti vuccati || || Kiñca lujjati || ||
4-9 Cakkhu kho bhikkhu lujjati || || Rūpā lujjanti || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ lujjati || || Cakkhusamphasso lujjati || pe || ||
Yam pidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ vā || tam pi lujjati || ||
10 Lujjatīti kho bhikkhu tasmā lokoti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).83 (10) Phagguno
2 Atha kho āyasmā Phagguno || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Phagguno Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4-6 Atthi nu kho bhante taṃ cakkhuṃ yena cakkhunā atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || la || ||
7-8 Atthi nu kho bhante sā jivhā yāya jivhāya atīte buddhe parinibbute || la || paññāpeyya || la || ||
9 Atthi nu kho bhante mano || yena manena atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññāpeyyāti || ||
10-12 Natthi kho tam Phagguna cakkhuṃ yena cakkhunā atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || la || ||
13-14 Natthi kho sā Phagguna jivhā yāya jivhāya atīte buddhe parinibbute || pe || paññāpeyya || la || ||


[page 053]
XXXV. 84. 11] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 53
15 Natthi kho so Phagguna mano yena manena atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññāpeyyāti || ||
Gilānavaggo tatiyo ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Gilānena dve vuttā || Rādhena apare tayo ||
Avijjāya ca dve vuttā || Bhikkhu Loko Phagguno ti || ||

CHAPTER IV CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO

 SN_4,35(1).84 (1) Paloka
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatī ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammam ayaṃ vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kiñca Ānanda palokadhammaṃ || ||
5-7 Cakkhuṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammaṃ || || Rūpā palokadhammā || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ palokadhammaṃ || ||
Cakkhusamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā || la || tam pidam palokadhammam || || la ||
8-9 Jivhā palokadhammā || || Rasā palokadhammā || ||
Jivhāviññāṇam palokadhammaṃ || Jivhāsamphasso palokadhammo || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano palokadhammo || || Dhammā palokadhammā || ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ palokadhammaṃ || || Manosamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi palokadhammaṃ || ||
11 Yaṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammam ayaṃ vuccati ariyassa vinaye lokoti || ||


[page 054]
54 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 85. 2

 SN_4,35(1).85 (2) Suñña
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando || la || Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Suñño loko suñño loko ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante suñño loko ti vuccati || ||
4 Yasmā ca kho Ānanda suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || tasmā Suñño loko ti vuccati || || Kiñca Ānanda suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
5-10 Cakkhuṃ kho Ānanda suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā || || Rūpā suññā attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cakkhusamphasso suñño attena vā attaniyena vā || pe || ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
11 Yasmā ca kho Ānanda suññam attena va attaniyena vā || tasmā Suñño loko ti vuccatī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).86 (3) Saṅkhitta
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando || la || Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vupakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññasi Ānanda || || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Aniccā bhante || || pe || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || pe ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedāyitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā


[page 055]
XXXV. 87. 4] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 55
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
7-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || Aniccā bhante || || la ||
Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇamadhammaṃ kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passam Ānanda sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati ||
pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).87 (4) Channa
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmā ca Channo Gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Cundo tenupasaṅkami


[page 056]
56 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Cundam etad avoca || ||
Āyāmāvuso Cunda yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaṅkamissāma gilānapucchakā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmato Sāriputtassa paccassosi || ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Nisajja kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaṃ Channam etad avoca || || Kacci te āvuso Channa khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikkamanti || patikkamo sānam paññāyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
7 Na me āvuso Sāriputta khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ ||
bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti ||
abhikkhamo sānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhānam abhimattheyya || evam eva kho āvuso adhimattā vātā muddhānam upahananti || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyam || pe || no paṭikkamo ti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso daḷhena varattakhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṃ dadeyya || evam eva kho āvuso adhimattā me sīse vedanā || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || pe || no patikkamo ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṃ parikanteyya ||
evam eva kho me āvuso adhimattā vātā kucchim parikantanti || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ || pe || no paṭikkamo ti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi avuso dve balavanto purisā dubbalataram purisaṃ nānābāhāsu gāhetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṃ samparitāpeyyuṃ


[page 057]
XXXV. 87. 15] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 57
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || evam eva kho me āvuso adhimatto kāyasmiṃ dāho || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti na paṭikkamanti || abhikkamo sānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
12 Sattham āvuso Sāriputta āharissāmi nāvakaṅkhāmi jīvitunti || ||
13 Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi || || yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaṃ Channaṃ icchāma || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhojanāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā || aham āyasmantaṃ Channam upaṭṭhahissāmi || || Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi ||
yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaṃ Channam icchāmā ti || ||
14 Na me āvuso Sāriputta natthi sappāyāni bhojananāni atthi me sappāyāni bhojanāni || na pi me natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni atthi me sappāyāni bhesajjāni ||
na pi me natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā atthi me patirūpā upaṭṭhākā || || Api ca me āvuso satthā pariciṇṇo dīgharattaṃ manāpeneva no amanāpena || etaṃ hi āvuso sāvakassa patirūpaṃ || || Yam satthāram paricareyya manāpeneva no amanāpena tam anupavajjam Channo bhikkhu sattham āharissatīti evam etam āvuso Sāriputta dhārehī ti || ||
15 Puccheyyāma mayam āyasmantam Channam kiñcid eva desaṃ sace āyasmā Channo okāsam karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā ti || ||


[page 058]
58 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 16
Pucchāvuso Sāriputta sutvā vedissāmāti || ||
16 Cakkhum āvuso Channa cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || Sotam || Ghānam || || Jivham āvuso Channa jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Channa manoviññāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasīti || ||
17 Cakkhum āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotam || Ghānam || Jivham āvuso Sāriputta jivhāviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇa viññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Sāriputta manoviññāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmī ti || ||
18 Cakkhusmim āvuso Channa cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ disvā kim abhiññāya cakkhuṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbedhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasi || Sotasmim || Ghānasmim || Jivhāya āvuso Channa jivhaviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ disvā kim abhiññāya jivhaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasi || Kāyasmim āvuso || Manasmim āvuso Channa manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ disvā kim abhiññāya manam manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi nameso attāti samanupassasī ti || ||
19 Cakkhusmim āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodham disvā nirodham abhiññāya cakkhu cakkhuviññāṇam cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotasmiṃ || Ghānasmiṃ || Jivhāya āvuso Sāriputta jivhāviññāṇe jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi


[page 059]
XXXV. 87. 26] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Kāyasmim || Manasmim āvuso Sāriputta manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṃ disvā nirodham abhiññāya manam manoviññāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmīti || ||
20 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaṃ Channam etad avoca || || Tasmā ti ha āvuso Channa idam pi tassa Bhagavato sāsanam niccakappaṃ sādhukam manasi kātabbaṃ || || Nissitassa calitam anissitassa calitaṃ natthi || calite asati passaddhi hoti || passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti || natiyā asati agatigati na hoti || agatigatiyā asati cutupapāto na hoti || cutupapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayam antarena esevānto dukkhassāti || ||
21 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaṃ Channam iminā ovādena ovāditvā uṭṭhāyasanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
22 Atha kho āyasmā Channo acirapakkantesu tesu āyasmantesu sattham āharesi || ||
23 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
24 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Āyasmatā bhante Channena sattham āharitaṃ || tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Nanu te Sāriputta Channena bhikkhunā sammukhā yeva anupavajjatā vyākatā ti || ||
25 Atthi bhante Pubbavijjhanam nāma Vajjigāmo ||
tatthāyasmato Channassa mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavajjakulānīti || ||
26 Honti hete Sāriputta Channassa bhikkhuno mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavajjakulāni || na kho panāham Sāriputta ettāvatā Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi


[page 060]
60 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Yo kho Sāriputta tañ ca kāyaṃ nikkhipati aññañca kāyam upādiyati || tam ahaṃ Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi || tam Channassa bhikkhuno natthi || || Anupavajjaṃ Channena bhikkhunā sattham āharitanti evam etam Sāriputta dhārehīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).88 (5) Puṇṇa
2 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Puṇṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Santi kho Puṇṇā cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puṇṇāti vadāmi || ||
Santi kho Puṇṇa sotaviññeyyā saddā || || Ghānaviññeyyā gandhā || || Jivhāviññeyyā rasā || || Kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā || || Santi kho Puṇṇa manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puṇṇāti vadāmi ||
5 Santi ca kho Puṇṇa cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhita rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puṇṇāti vadāmi ||
pe || || Santi kho Puṇṇa manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati


[page 061]
XXXV. 88. 9] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puṇṇāti vadāmi || ||
6 Iminā tvam Puṇṇa mayā saṅkhittena ovādena ovādito katamasmiṃ janapade viharissasīti || ||
Atthi bhante Sunāparanto nāma janapado tatthāham viharissāmīti || ||
7 Caṇḍā kho Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā pharusā kho Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā || sace tvam Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatī ti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maṃ nayime pāṇinā pahāraṃ dentīti || evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
8 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā pāṇinā pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā pāṇinā pahāraṃ dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maṃ na yime leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dentīti || Evam ettha bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatī ti || ||
9 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || Yam maṃ na yime daṇḍena pahāraṃ dentīti


[page 062]
62 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
10 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā daṇḍena pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā daṇḍena pahāram dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maṃ na yime satthena pahāraṃ dentīti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
11 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa Kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakāmanussāsatthena pahāraṃ dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maṃ na yime tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropentīti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
12 Sace pana tvam Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropessanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropessanti tatra me evam bhavissati ||
Santi kho tassa Bhagavato sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭhiyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakam pariyesanti || tam me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakam laddhanti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
13 Sādhu sādhu Puṇṇa sakkhasi kho tvam iminā damūpasamena samannāgato Sunāparantakasmiṃ janapade vatthuṃ || yassadāni tvam Puṇṇa kālam maññasīti || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo Bhagavato vacanam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Sunāparanto janapado


[page 063]
XXXV. 89. 8] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 63
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tena cārikam pakkāmi || || Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sunāparanto janapado tad avasari || tatra sudam āyasmā Puṇṇo Sunāparantasmiṃ janapade viharati || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo teneva antaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭipādesi || teneva antaravassena tisso vijjā sacchākāsi || teneva anataravassena parinibbāyi || ||
16 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe || ||
17 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Yo so bhante Puṇṇo nāma kulaputto Bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovādena ovādito so kālaṃ kato ||
tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Puṇṇo kulaputto ahosi || paccapādi dhammassa cānudhammam na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesi || || Parinibbuto bhikkhave Puṇṇo kulaputtoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).89 (6) Bāhiyo
2 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pāhitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4-8 Taṃ kim maññasi Bāhiya cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||


[page 064]
64 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [(XXXV. 89. 9
No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante Cakkhuviññāṇam || || Cakkhusamphasso || la || ||
9 Yam idam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallan nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passaṃ Bāhiya sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi || rūpesu pi || cakkhuviññāṇe pi || cakkhusamphasse pi || pe || yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukkhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim pī vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo eko vupakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññāya sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || ||
Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
13 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Bāhiyo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).90 (7) Eja1
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ || tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo || ||


[page 065]
XXXV. 90. 11] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 65
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ce pi ākaṅkheyya anejo vihareyya vītasalloti ||
4 Cakkhuṃ na maññeyya cakkhusmiṃ na maññeyya cakkhuto na maññeyya Cakkhu me ti na maññeyya || ||
Rūpe na maññeyya || rūpesu na maññeyya || rūpato na maññeyya || Rūpā me ati na maññeyya || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na maññeyya cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ na maññeyya cakkhuviññāṇato na maññeyya Cakkhuviññāṇam me ti na maññeyya || || Cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññeyya cakkhusamphassasmiṃ na maññeyya cakkhusamphassato na maññeyya Cakkhusamphasso me ti na maññeyya || ||
Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ na maññeyya || || Ghānaṃ na maññeyya || ||
7 Jivhaṃ na maññeya || Jivhā na maññeyya || Jivhāto na maññeyya || Jivhā me ti na maññeyya || || Rase na maññeyya || pe || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ na maññeyya || Jivhāsamphassaṃ na maññeyya || || Yampidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || ||
8 Kāyaṃ na maññeyya || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññeyya manasmiṃ na maññeya manato na maññeyya Mano me ti na maññeyya || || Dhamme na maññeyya || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphassaṃ || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati || vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya tam me ti na maññeyya || ||
10 Sabbaṃ na maññeyya || sabbasmiṃ na maññeyya ||
sabbato na maññeyya || Sabbam me ti na maññeyya || ||
11 So evam amaññamāno na kiñci pi loke upādiyati ||
anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati


[page 066]
66 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 91. 2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).91 (8) Eja2
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ || tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ākaṅkheyya anejo vihareyya vītasallo ti || ||
4-6 Cakkhuṃ na maññeyya || cakkhusmiṃ na maññeyya cakkhuto na maññeyya || Cakkhu me ti na maññeyya || ||
Rūpe na maññeyya || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphassaṃ || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati yasmim maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || pe ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññeyya jivhāya na maññeyya jivhato na maññeyya Jivhā me ti na maññeyya || || Rase na maññati || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphassaṃ || || Yam pidaṃ jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ hoti aññathā aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || pe || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññeyya manasmiṃ na maññeyya manato na maññeyya Mano me ti na maññeyya || ||
Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphassaṃ || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati tasmim maññati ||


[page 067]
XXXV. 93. 3] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 67
yato maññati yam Me ti maññati tato taṃ hoti aññathā ||
aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhā dhātu āyatanā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || so evam amaññamāno na kiñci loko upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).92 (9) Dvayam1
2 Dvayaṃ vo bhikkhave desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
Kiñci bhikkhave dvayaṃ || ||
3 Cakkhuñca rūpā ca || Sotañceva saddā ca || Ghānañceva gandhā ca || Jivhā ca rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dvayaṃ || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya Aham etaṃ dvayam paccakkhāya aññaṃ dvayam paññāpessāmīti || tassa vācāvatthukam evassa puṭṭho ca na sampāyeyya || uttariñca vighātam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayasminti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).93 (10) Dvayam2
2 Dvayam bhikkhave paṭicca viññāṇaṃ sambhoti || ||
Kathañca bhikkhave dvayam paṭicca viññāṇaṃ sambhoti || ||
3 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhu aniccam vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi ||


[page 068]
68 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 93. 4
rūpā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino Itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva vyayañca aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || cakkhuviññāṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhuviññāṇassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppannaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || kuto niccam bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiṇṇam dhammānaṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphasso pi anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhusamphassassa uppādāya so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhavī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppanno cakkhusamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati ||
Phuṭṭho bhikkhave vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti phuṭṭho sañjānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
4 Sotañ ca paticca saddecuppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ || pe || ||
5 Ghānañca paṭicca gandhe cuppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ ||
pe || ||
6 Jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇam ||
jivhā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || rasā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva vyayañceva aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || jivhāviññāṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo paccayo jivhāviññāṇassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paṭicca uppannaṃ jivhāviññānaṃ kuto niccam bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ vuccati jivhāsamphasso || jivhāphasso pi anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābāvī || ||
Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhasamphassassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī ||


[page 069]
XXXV. 93. 9) CHANNAVAGGO CUTUTTHO 69
aniccam kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppanno jivhāsamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuṭṭho bhikkhave vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti phuṭṭho sañjānāti || iṭṭhete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
7 Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe cuppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṃ || ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇam ||
mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || dhammā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva vyayañca aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || manoviññāṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvī || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppannam manoviññāṇaṃ kuto niccaṃ bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ vuccati manosamphasso || mano samphasso pi anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Yo pi hetu yo pi accayo manosamphassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppanno manosamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuṭṭho bhikkhave vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti phuṭṭho sañjānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dvayam paṭicca viññāṇam sambhotīti || ||
Channavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Paloka Suñño Saṃkhittam ||
Channo Puṇṇo ca Bāhiyo || ||
Ejeneva ca dve vuttā ||
Dvayehi apare dve ti || ||


[page 070]
70 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA (XXXV. 94. 2

CHAPTER V SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

 SN_4,35(1).94 (1) Saṃgayha1
2 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arakkhitā asaṃvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || ||
3-5 Cakkhuṃ bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaṃvutaṃ dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaṃvutam dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaṃvutam dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || ||
9 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arakkhitā asaṃvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || ||
10 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā surakkhitā susaṃvutā sukhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || ||
11-13 Cakkhuṃ bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ suguttaṃ surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti ||
la || ||
14-15 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ suguttaṃ surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
16 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ suguttaṃ surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti || ||
17 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā surakkhitā susaṃvutā sukhādhivāhā hontīti || ||
18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe || etad avoca satthā || ||
Chaḷeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo ||
asaṃvuto yattha dukkhahaṃ nigacchati ||
tesañ ca ye {saṃvaraṇam} avediṃsu ||
saddhādutiyā viharantānavassutā || ||
Disvāna rūpāni manoramāni ||
atho pi disvā amanoramāni ||
manorame rāgapathaṃ vinodaye ||
nacappiyam me ti manaṃ padosaye || ||


[page 071]
XXXV. 94. 18] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 71
Saddañca sutvā dutiyam piyāppiyaṃ ||
piyamhi sadde na samucchito siyā ||
athappiye dosagataṃ vinodaye ||
na cappiyam me ti manam padosaye || ||
Gandhañca ghātvā surabhim manoramaṃ ||
atho pi ghātvā asucim akantiyaṃ ||
akantiyasmim paṭighaṃ vinodaye ||
Chandānunīto na ca kantiye siyā || ||
Rasañ ca bhotvā sāditañ ca sāduñ ca ||
atho pi bhotvāna asādum ekadā ||
sāduṃ rasaṃ nājjhosāya bhuñjati ||
Virodhaṃ asādūsu no padaṃ saye || ||
Phassena phuṭṭho na sukhena majje ||
dukkhena phuṭṭho pi na sampavedhe ||
phassadvayaṃ sukhadukkhe upekho ||
anānuruddho aviruddha kenaci || ||
Papañcasaññā itarītarā narā ||
papañcayantā upayanti saññino ||
manomayam gehasitañca sabbaṃ ||
panujja nekkhammasitam irīyati || ||
Evam mano chassu yadā subhāvito ||
phuṭṭhassa cittaṃ na vikampate kvaci ||
te rāgadose abhibhuyya bhikkhavo ||
bhavattha jātimaraṇassa pāragā ti || ||


[page 072]
72 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 2

 SN_4,35(1).95 (2) Saṃgayha2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpi pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Ettha dāni Mālukyaputta kiṃ dahare bhikkhū vakkhāma || yatrahi nāma tvam bhikkhu jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto saṃkhittena ovādaṃ yācasīti || ||
5 Kiñcāpaham bhante jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto desetu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu Sugato saṃkhittena dhammaṃ || appevanāmahaṃ Bhagavato bhāsitassa attham ājāneyyaṃ ||
appevanāmaham Bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assanti || ||
6 Tam kim maññasi Mālukyaputta || || Ye te cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā adiṭṭhā adiṭṭhapubbā na ca passasi || na ca te hoti Passeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7 Ye te sotaviññeyyā saddā assutā assutāpabbā na ca suṇāsi || na ca te hoti Suṇeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemanti || || No hetam bhante || ||
8 Ye te ghānaviññeyyā ganadhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā na ca ghāyasi || na ca te hoti Ghāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha ||
la || ||
9 Ye te jivhāviññeyyā rasā asāyitā asāyitapubbā na ca sāyasi || na ca te hoti Sāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || ||
10 Yetekāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā asamphuṭṭhā asampuṭṭhapubbā na ca phusasi || na ca te hoti Phuseyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || ||


[page 073]
XXXV. 95. 14] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 73
11 Ye te manoviññeyyā dhammā aviññātā aviññātapubbā na ca vijānāsi || na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Ettha ca te Mālukyaputta diṭṭha-suta-muta-viññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati || sute sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
viññāte viññātamuttam bhavissati || ||
13 Yato kho te Mālukyaputta diṭṭha-suta-muta-viññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattam bhavissati || sute sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
viññāte viññātamattam bhavissati || tato tvam Mālukyaputta na tena || || Yato tvam Mālukyaputta na tena ||
tato tvam Mālukyaputta na tattha || || Yato tvam Mālukyaputta na tattha || tato tvam Mālukyaputta nevidha na huram na ubhayamantarena || esevanto dukkhassāti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ||
Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rūpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā saddasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||


[page 074]
74 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 14
Gandhaṃ ghātvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā gandhasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Rasam bhotvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rasasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Phassam phussa sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā phassasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Dhammaṃ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittaṃ manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā dhammasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānam vuccati || ||
Na so rajjati rūpesu || rūpaṃ disvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa passato rūpaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Na so rajjati saddesu || saddaṃ sutvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa suṇato saddaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evam so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃvuccati || ||


[page 075]
XXXV. 95. 15] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 75
Na so rajjati gandhesu || gandhaṃ ghātvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca na cājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṃ || secato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbāna vuccati || ||
Na so rajjati rasesu || rasam bhotvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa sāyato rasaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
|| pa || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Na so rajjati phassesu || phassamphussa patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taṃ ca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa phusato phassaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ || ||
pa || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaṃ ñatvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || {evaṃ} so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccatī ti || ||
Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
15 Sādhu sādhu Mālukyaputta || sādhu kho tvam Mālukyaputta mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rūpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati || ||
|| pe ||


[page 076]
76 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 16
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaṃ ñatvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taṃ ca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccatīti || ||
Imassa kho Mālukyaputta mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam || nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
18 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Mālukyaputto arahataṃ ahosīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).96 (3) Parihānam
2 Parihānadhammañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi aparihānadhammañca cha ca abhibhāyatanāni || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu adhivāseti na pajahati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvam gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavāti || || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasam sāyitvā uppajjati || pa || ||
9 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā


[page 077]
XXXV. 96. 26] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 77
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu adhivāseti napajahati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvaṃgameti ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti || ||
11 Kathañca bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
12-14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusala dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati vinodati vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi ||
aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || || la || ||
15-16 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā uppajjanti || la || ||
17 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappa saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
18 Evam kho bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
19 Katamāni ca bhikkhave cha abhibhāyatanāni || ||
20-24 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || || Veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhibhūtam etam āyatanaṃ || abhibhāyatanaṃ hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || gha || ||
25 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaṃ viññāya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhibhūtam etam āyatanaṃ || abhibhāyatanaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
26 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhu cha abhibhāyatanānīti || ||


[page 078]
78 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 97. 1

 SN_4,35(1).97 (4) Pamādavihārī
1 Sāvatthi nidānam || pa ||
2 Pamādavihāriṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi appamādavihariṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave pamādavihārī hoti || ||
4-6 Cakkhundriyam {asaṃvutassa} bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ vyāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa pāmujjaṃ na hoti || pāmujje asati pīti na hoti || pītiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaṃ viharati || dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati ||
asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti || dhammānam apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
la || ||
7-8 Jivhindriyam asaṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ vyāsiñcati jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa || la || pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || la || ||
9 Manindriyam asaṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ vyāsiñcati manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa pāmujjaṃ na hoti || pāmujje asati pīti na hoti ||
pītiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaṃ viharati || dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati || asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti dhammānam apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave pamādavihārī hoti || ||
11 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave appamādavihārī hoti || ||
12-14 Cakkhundriyaṃ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ na vyāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || || Tassa avyasittacittassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati ||
pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || samahite citte dhammā pātubhavanti


[page 079]
XXXV. 98. 14 ] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 79
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || la || ||
15-16 Jivhindriyaṃ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ na vyāsiñcati || la || appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Kāyindriya- || ||
17 Manindriyaṃ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ na vyāsiñcati manoviññeyyesu dhammesu tassa avyāsittācittassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
18 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave appamādavihārī hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).98 (5) Saṃvara
2 Saṃvarañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṃvarañca ||
taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || la || ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānam hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
11 Kathañca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
12-14 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi


[page 080]
80 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 98. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
15-16 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || ||
17 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
18 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hotīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).99 (6) Samādhi
2 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-8 Cakkhum aniccan ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpā aniccā ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
la || ||
9 Mano anicco ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Dhammā || ||
Mano viññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānātī ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).100 (7) Paṭisallāṇa
2 Paṭisallāṇam bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallīṇo bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpā aniccāti yathābhūtam pajānāti


[page 081]
XXXV. 101. 8] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 81
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
10 Paṭisallāṇam bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paṭisallāno bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).101 (8) Natumhāka1
2 Yam pi bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rupā na tumhākaṃ || te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Cakkhuviññāṇam na tumhākaṃ tam pajāhatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Cakkhusamphasso na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā na tumhākam || tam pajahatha || sā vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rasā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Jivhāviññāṇam na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Jivhāsamphasso na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā


[page 082]
82 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 101. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || la || ||
9 Mano na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Dhammā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ na tumhākam tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Manosamphasso na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no hetam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
11-16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhu na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rūpā na tumhākaṃ || pe || Cakkhuviññāṇam || ||
Cakkhusamphasso || || pa || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).102 (9) Natumhākam2
[The same as 2-9 of the preceding Sutta] 4


[page 083]
XXXV. 103. 6] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 83

 SN_4,35(1).103 (10) Uddako
2 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaṃ vācam bhāsati || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū || idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhaṇīti || ||
Taṃ kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagū yeva samāno Vedagusmīti bhāsati || asabbajī yeva samāno Sabbajismīti bhāsati || apalikhitaṃ yeva gaṇḍamūlam palikhitam me gaṇḍamūlan ti bhāsati || ||
3 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammā vadamāno vadeyya || ||
Idaṃ jātuvedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhataṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhaṇīti || ||
4 Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagū hoti || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca assādañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagū hoti || ||
5 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || ||
6 Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu apalikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhitaṃ hoti || || Gaṇḍo ti kho bhikkhave imassetaṃ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassa || || Gaṇḍamūlan ti bhikkhave taṇhāyetam adhivacanaṃ || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti || ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā


[page 084]
84 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 103. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno apalikhataṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhitaṃ hoti || ||
7 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaṃ vācam bhāsati || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhaṇī ti || ||
Taṃ kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagū yeva samāno Vedagūsmīti bhāsati || asabbajī yeva samāno Sabbajīsmīti bhāsati || apalikhitaṃ yeva gaṇḍamūlam Palikhitam me gaṇḍamūlanti bhāsati || ||
8 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāvadamāno vadeyya || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlaṃ palikhaṇī ti || ||
Saḷavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Dve Saṅgayhā Parihānaṃ ||
Pamādavihārī ca Saṃvaro ||
Samādhi Patisallāna ||
Dve Natumhākena Uddako ti || ||
Dutiyapaññāsake vagguddānaṃ || ||
Avijjā Migajālaṃ ca ||
Gilānaṃ Channam catutthakaṃ ||
Saḷāvaggena paññāsaṃ ||
Dutiyo paññāsako ayan ti || ||
Pathamaka-sataṃ || ||


[page 085]
XXXV. 105. 7] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 85
PAÑÑĀSAṂ TATIYAṂ

CHAPTER I YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO

 SN_4,35(1).104 (1) Yogakkhemi
2 Yogakkhemīpariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaṃ desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo || ||
4-8 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā pīyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Te Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || tesañca pahānāya akkhāsi yogaṃ || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemīti vuccati || || la || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā pīyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajaniyā || || Te Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchimamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppāda dhammā || tesañca pahānāya akkhāsi yogaṃ || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemīti vuccati || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo dhammapariyāyoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).105 (2) Upādāya
2 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ mūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Cakkhusmiṃ vo bhikkhave sati cakkhuṃ upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ || la || Manasmiṃ sati manam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
7 Ghānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||


[page 086]
86 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 105. 8
8-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇam hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).106 (3) Dukkha
2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthagamañca desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo ||
4-9 Cakkhuñ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || ayaṃ dukkhassa samudayo || Sotañ ca paṭicca || || Ghānañ ca paṭicca || || Jivhañ ca paṭicca || ||
Kāyañ ca paṭicca || || Manañ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || || Ayam kho bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo.
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ayaṃ dukkhassa atthagamo || ||
12-13 Sotañ ca paṭicca || || Ghānañca paṭicca || ||
14-15 Jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṃ ||
la || Kāyañ ca paṭicca || ||


[page 087]
XXXV. 107. 16] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 87
16 Manam paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇam ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || || Ayam kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).107 (4) Loko
2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthagamañ ca desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
4 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
ayam lokassa samudayo ||
4-7 Sotañ ca paṭicca || || Ghānañ ca paṭicca || || Jivhañ ca paṭicca || || Kāyañ ca paṭicca || ||
8 Manañ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthagamo || ||
10-15 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca upajjati cakkhuviññānaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
16 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa atthagamoti || ||


[page 088]
88 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 108. 2

 SN_4,35(1).108 (5) Seyyo
2 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ upādāya kiṃ abhinivissa Seyyoham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmī ti vā hoti || Hīnohamasmī ti vā hotī ti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ mūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4-9 Cakkhusmiṃ kho bhikkhave sati cakkhum upādāya cakkhum abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadīso ham asmī ti vā hoti Hīno ham asmī ti vā hoti || pa || Manasmiṃ sati manam upādāya manam abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmī ti vā hoti || Hīno ham asmī ti vā hoti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ api nu tam anupādāya Seyyo ham asmīti vā assa Sadiso ham asmīti vā assa Hīno ham asmīti vā assāti || ||
No hetam bhante
11 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
12 Ghānaṃ niccam vā aniccā vā ti || ||
13 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
14 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
15 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya Seyyo hamasmīti va assa Sadiso ham asnū ti vā assa Hīno ham asmīti assā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
16 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||


[page 089]
XXXV. 111. 13] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 89

 SN_4,35(1).109 (6) Saṃyojana
2 Saṃyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saṃyojanañ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā katamañ ca saṃyojanaṃ || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave saṃyojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo || tam tattha saṃyojamaṃ || || la || Jivhā saṃyojaniyo dhammo || || Mano saṃyojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā idaṃ saṃyojananti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).110 (7) Upādānam
2 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādānañ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamañ ca upādānaṃ || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || pa || || Jivhā upādāniyo dhammo || la || || Mano upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā idam upādānanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).111 (8) Pajānam1
2-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaṃ ||
Ghānam || Jivhaṃ || Kāyam || Manam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
8-13 Cakkhuñ ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaṃ ||
Ghānaṃ || Jivhaṃ || Kāyam || Manam abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||


[page 090]
90 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 112. 2

 SN_4,35(1).112 (9) Pajānam2
2-7 Rūpe bhikkhāve ānabhijānaṃ aparijānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || Dhamme anabhijānam aparijānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
8-13 Rūpe ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || Dhamme abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).113 (10) Upassuti
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato patisallīṇo imam dhammapariyāyam abhāsi || ||
3 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4-7 Sotañca paṭicca || Ghānañca paṭicca || Jivhañca paṭicca || Kāyañca paṭicca || ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
9 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
10-13 Sotañca paticca || || Ghānañca paṭicca || || Jivhañca paṭicca || || Kāyañca paṭicca || ||
14 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca upajjati manoviññāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||


[page 091]
XXXV. 114. 7] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 91
15 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavato upassuti ṭhito hoti || ||
16 Addasā kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum upassutiṃ thitaṃ || ||
17 Disvāna tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Uggaṇhāhi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
pariyāpuṇāhi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
dhārehi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ || atthasaṃhito yam bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyakoti || ||
Yogakkhemivaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Yogakkhemi Upādāya || Dukkhaṃ loko ca Seyyo ca || ||
Saṃyojanam Upādānaṃ || Dve Pajānaṃ Upassutīti || ||

CHAPTER II LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO

 SN_4,35(1).114 (1) Mārapāsa1
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato || || Paṭimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa || Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīya || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato || ||


[page 092]
92 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 114. 8
Paṭimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaṃgato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Mārabandhanena na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ||
la || Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaṃgato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Mārabandhanena na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimatoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).115 (2) Mārapāsa2
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho cakkhuviññeyyesa rūpesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā || pe || ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho manoviññeyyesu dhammesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā- -rajaniyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaṃgato || na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ||
pa || || Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -rajanīyā || ||


[page 093]
XXXV. 116. 6] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 93
Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto manoviññeyyehi dhammehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaṃgato na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).116 (3) Lokakāmaguṇa1
2 Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyaṃ pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || ||
Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || ||
3 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam pattayyam ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti || ||
4 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānanda satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti ca āyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || yaṃ nūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
5 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam Ānandam etad avocuṃ


[page 094]
94 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Ānanda Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmīti || || Tesam no āvuso acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamaṇena lokassa antam ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmī ti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajeyyāti || || Tesaṃ no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āvuso āyasmā Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || yaṃ nuna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
Vibhajatāyasmā Ānando ti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāravato atikkammeva mūlam atikkamma khandhaṃ sākhāpalāse sāram pariyesitabbam maññeyya evam sampadam idam āyasmantānaṃ satthari sammukhībhūte tam Bhagavantam atisitvā amhe etam attham paṭipucchitabbam maññetha || || So āvuso Bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passati || cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato || || So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaṃ yeva etam attham paṭipuccheyyātha


[page 095]
XXXV. 116. 11] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā taṃ dhāreyyathā ti || ||
8 Addhāvuso Ānanda Bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passam passati || cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato || so ceva kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaṃ yeva etam attham paṭipuccheyyāma || yathā no Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā naṃ dhāreyyāma || || Api cāyasmā Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || vibhajatāyasmā Ānando agaruṃ karitvā ti || ||
9 Tena hāvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paccassossuṃ || ||
10 Āyasmā Ānando etad avoca || || Yaṃ kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṃ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmī ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthāreṇa attham avibhattassa vitthāreṇa evam ājānāmi || ||
11 Yena kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kena cāvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || Cakkhunā kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || Sotena kho avuso || pe ||
Ghānena kho āvuso || Jivhāya kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || Kāyena kho āvuso || Manena kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || || Yena kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || ayaṃ vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || ||


[page 096]
96 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 12
12 Yaṃ kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etam attham paṭipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāthā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
13 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho ti bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Yaṃ kho pana bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyaṃ pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || tesaṃ no bhante amhākam acirapakkhantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti ||
14 Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānando satthuceva {saṃvaṇṇito} sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ


[page 097]
XXXV. 117. 3. ] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || Yannūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || || Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamimha || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipucchimha || ||
15 Tesaṃ no bhante āyasmatā Ānandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vyañjanehi attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando mahāpañño bhikkhave Ānando || maṃ ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paṭipuccheyyātha aham pi ca tam evam eva vyākareyyaṃ yathā tam Ānandena vyākataṃ || || Eso ceva tassa attho evaṃ ca dhāreyyāthā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).117 (4) Lokakāmaguṇa2
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ye me pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tatra me cittam bahulaṃ gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaṃ vā anāgatesu || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Ye me pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tatra me attarūpena appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākam pi ye te pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tatra vo cittam bahulaṃ gacchamānaṃ gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaṃ vā anāgatesu || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākaṃ pi ye vo pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso sampuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā viparinatā tatra vo attarūpehi appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo


[page 098]
98 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha cakkhuṃ ca nirujjhati rūpasaññāca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pa || Yattha jivhā ca nirujjhati rasasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || ||
5 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyasanā vihāram pāvīsi || ||
6 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || Yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || Yattha jivhānirujjhati rasasaññā ca virajjati āyatane veditabbe || ||
Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhittassa vitthāresna atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti || ||
7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānando satthuceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhatassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ ||
Yaṃ nūna mayam yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam etam attham paṭipucchayyāmāti || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu


[page 099]
XXXV. 117. 12] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 99
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisidiṃsu || ||
9 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam Ānandam etad avocuṃ || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Ānanda Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca nirujjhati || ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Tesaṃ no avuso amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā sakhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane vaditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjati dhammasaññā ca nirujjati ye āyatane veditabbeti || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa || pe || vihārena atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti || || Tesaṃ no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho āyasamā Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || || Yaṃ nūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || vibhajatāyasmā Ānando ti || ||
10-11 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa || la ||
vibhajatāyasmā Ānando agaruṃ karitvāti || ||
12 Tena āvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||


[page 100]
100 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 13
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paccassosuṃ || ||
13 Āyasmā Ānando avoca || || Yaṃ kho avuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjati rūpasaññā ca virajjati || ye āyatane veditabbe || la || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
ye āyatane veditabbe ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vittharena attham avibhattassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmi || || Saḷāyatananirodhaṃ kho āvuso Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṃ || tasmāti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññāca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evam vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etam attham paṭipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyathā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdimsu || ||
15 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || Yaṃ kho no bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā tiha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho


[page 101]
XXXV. 118. 3] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 101
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave pe āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu ca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajeyyāti ||
16 Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || ayaṃ kho āyasmā Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnam sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajitum || yannūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
17 Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamimha || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipucchimha || tesaṃ no bhante āyasmatā Ānandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vyañjanehi attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando mahāpañño bhikkhave Ānando || mañce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paṭipuccheyyātha aham pi tam evam eva vyākareyyaṃ yathā pi tam Ānandena vyākatam || Eso ceva tassa attho evañca naṃ dhāreyyāthāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).118 (5) Sakka
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam atthāsi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti


[page 102]
102 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 118. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4 Santi kho devānam inda cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti tadupādānaṃ || Saupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
5-8 Santi kho devānam inda Sota- || Ghāna- || Jivhāviññeyya rasā- || gha || Kāya- || ||
9 Santi kho devānam inda manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā-rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti tadupādānaṃ || Saupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo || yenam-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi ca kho devānam inda cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ||
Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato na taṃ nissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti na tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānaminda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || ||
Santi kho devānam inda jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || Santi kho devānam inda manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato na taṃ nissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti na tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo yenam-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||


[page 103]
XXXV. 120. 4] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 103

 SN_4,35(1).119 (6) Pañcasikha
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate ||
2 Atha kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3 Ekam antam ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no paribbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyanti || ||
4-16 Santi kho Pañcasikha cakkhuviññeyyā || || (yathā purimakaṃ suttantaṃ vitthāretabbo) || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho Pañcasikha hetu ayam paccayo || yena-midhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).120 (7) Sāriputta
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Saddhivihāriko āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto ti || ||
4 Evam etam āvuso hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa bhojane amattaññūno jāgariyam ananuyuttassa || so vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amattaññu jāgariyam ananuyutto yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ santānessātīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati


[page 104]
104 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 120. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
5 So vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane mattaññū jāgariyam anuyutto yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam santānessatīti ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati ||
6 Kathaṃ cāvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatodhikaraṇam enam cakkhundriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati || rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammam viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatodhikaraṇam enam manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati || rakkhati manindriyaṃ manindriye saṃvaram āpajjati || ||
Evaṃ kho āvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || ||
7 Kathaṃ cāvuso bhojane mattaññū hoti || || Idāvuso bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇañca vedanam paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā ti || ||
Evam kho āvuso bhojane mattaññū hoti || ||
8 Kathaṃ cāvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā pathamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇūyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti


[page 105]
XXXV. 121. 5] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 105
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññam manasikaritvā || rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmam paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || ||
Evam kho āvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || ||
9 Tasmā ti āvuso evaṃ sikkhitabbam Indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma bhojane mattaññuno jāgariyam anuyuttā ti || ||
Evam hi te avuso sikkhitabbanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).121 (8) Rāhula
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Paripakkā kho Rāhulassa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā || yaṃ nūnāham Rāhulam uttariṃ āsavānaṃ khaye vineyyanti || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapatikkanto āyasmantaṃ Rāhulam āmantesi || || Gaṇhāhi Rāhula nisīdanaṃ yenandhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyāti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanam ādāya Bhagavantam piṭhito piṭhito anubandhi || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni Bhagavantam anubandhāni bhavanti || || Ajja Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Rāhulaṃ uttariṃ āsavānaṃ khaye vinessatīti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi || āyasmā pi kho Rāhulo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||


[page 106]
106 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 121. 6
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rāhulam Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || ||pe|| ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Cakkhusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgatam saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragatam viññāṇagataṃ || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham viparināmadhammaṃ kallaṃnu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || ||
9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vāti || Aniccā bhante || gha ||
Yam pidaṃ jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhārāgataṃ viññāṇagataṃ tampi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃnu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
10 Kāyo || ||
11 Mano nicco vā anicco vāti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇamadhammam kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti


[page 107]
XXXV. 122. 1] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 107
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || No hetam bhante || ||
Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || pe || ||
Manoviññāṇam || || Manosamphasso || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgatam saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagatam || tam pi niccam vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam kallan nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ tasmim pi nibbindati ||
pa || Jivhāya pi- -nibbindati || || Kāyasmim pi nibbindati ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati dhammesu pi nibbindati manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagatam || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
13 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato Rāhulassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci || anekānaṃ ca devatāsahassānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi || || Yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbantaṃ nirodhadhammanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).122 (9) Saṃyojanam
1 Saṃyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saṃyojanañ ca || tam suṇātha || ||


[page 108]
108 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 122. 2
2 Katame ca bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā katamaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || ||
3 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
4-7 Santi bhikkhave sotaviññeyyā saddā || || Ghānaviññeyyā gandhā || || Jivhāviññeyyā rasā || || Kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanan ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).123 (10) Upādānam
1 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādānañ ca || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamam upādānaṃ || ||
3-8 Santi bhikkhave- -ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānan ti || ||
Lokakāmaguṇavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Mārapāsena dve vuttā || ||
Lokakāmaguṇena ca || ||
Sakko Pañcasikho ceva ||
Sāriputto ca Rāhulo ||
Saṃyojanaṃ Upādānaṃ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||


[page 109]
XXXV. 125. 16] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 109

CHAPTER III GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,35(1).124 (1) Vesāli
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko Bhagavantam etad avoca || || ko nu ko bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā-saupādāno gahapati bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rupā iṭṭhā-anupādāno gahapati bhikkhu parinibbāyati || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).125 (2) Vajji
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vajjīsu viharati Hatthigāme || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhakacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ ||
pe || ||


[page 110]
110 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 125. 17
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo || yena-midhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).126 (3) Nālanda
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Upāli gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Upāli gahapati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).127 (4) Bhāradvāja
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Piṇḍolabhāradvājo Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho rājā Udeno yenāyasmā Piṇḍolabhāradvājo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Piṇḍolabhāradvājena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Udeno āyasmantam Piṇḍolabhāradvājaṃ etad avoca || || Ko nu kho Bhāradvāja hetu ko paccayo || yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīlitāvino kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ caranti addhānañca āpādentīti || ||
4 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave mātumattīsu mātucittam upaṭṭhapetha bhaginīmattīsu bhaginīcittam upaṭṭhapetha dhītumattīsu dhītucittam upaṭṭhapethāti


[page 111]
XXXV. 127. 7] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 111
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ caranti addhānañca āpādentīti || ||
5 Lolaṃ kho Bhāradvāja cittam appekadā mātumattīsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginīmattīsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginīmattīsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti || ||
Atthi nu kho Bharadvāja añño ca hetu añño ca paccayo ||
yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānañca āpādentīti || ||
6 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave imam eva kāyam uddham pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantam pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhatha || atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahārū aṭṭhī aṭṭhimiñjā vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakam pihakam papphāsam antam antaguṇam udariyaṃ karīsam pittam semham pubbo lohitam sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānam ca āpādenti || ||
7 Ye te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhū bhāvitakāyā bhāvitasīlā bhāvitacittā bhāvitapaññā tesaṃ taṃ sukaraṃ hoti ||
Ye ca kho te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhū abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā tesaṃ taṃ dukkaraṃ hoti || || Appekadā bho Bhāradvāja asubhato manasi karissāmāti subhato va āgacchati || || Atthi nu kho Bhāradvāja añño ca kho hetu añño ca paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā


[page 112]
112 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 127. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || addhānaṃ ca āpadentīti || ||
8 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvyañjanaggāhino ||
yatvādhikaraṇam enaṃ cakkhundriyam asaṃvutam viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittagāhino ahuvattha mānuvyañjanaggāhino || yatvādhikaraṇam enam manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ || tassa {saṃvarāya} paṭipajjatha ||
rakkhatha manindriyam manindriye saṃvaram āpajjathāti || || Ayaṃ kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānaṃ ca āpādenīti || ||
9 Acchariyam bho Bhāradvāja abbhutam bho Bhāradvāja yāva subhāsitaṃ cidam bho Bhāradvāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || Esa ceva bho Bhāradvāja hetu esa paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kāḷakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyaṃ caranti addhānaṃ ca āpādenti || ||
10 Aham pi bho Bhāradvāja yasmiṃ samaye arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi antepuraṃ pavisāmi ||
ativiya maṃ tasmiṃ samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti ||
yasmiñca khvāham bho Bhāradvāja samaye rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi antepuram pavisāmi


[page 113]
XXXV. 129. 3] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || na maṃ tathā tasmiṃ samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti || ||
11 Abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja || seyyathāpi bho Bharadvāja nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti || evam evam bhotā Bhāradvājena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho Bhāradvāja tam Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammaṃ cā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ca || upāsakam mam bhavaṃ Bhāradvājo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).128 (5) Soṇo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo gahapatiputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
Ayaṃ kho Soṇa hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).129 (6) Ghosita
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Ghosito gahapati yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Ghosito gahapati āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunānattanti bhante Ānanda vuccati


[page 114]
114 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 129. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturūpā ca manāpā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || || Saṃvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturūpā ca amanāpā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saṃvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturūpā ca upekhāṭṭhāniyā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati sotadhātu || ||
6 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati ghānadhātu || ||
7 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca manāpā jivhāviññāṇaṃ ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati sukhāvedanā || || {Saṃvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca amanāpā jivhāviññāṇaṃ ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || {Saṃvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca upekhāṭṭhāniyā jivhāviññāṇaṃ ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
8 Kāyadhātu || ||
9 {Saṃvijjati} kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manoviññāṇam ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saṃvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manoviññāṇaṃ ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || ||
Saṃvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca upekhāṭṭhāniyā manoviññāṇañca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Ettāvatā kho gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||


[page 115]
XXXV. 130. 9] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 115

 SN_4,35(1).130 (7) Haliddako
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantīsu viharati Kuraraghare pavatte pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā MahāKaccāno tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad evoca || || Vuttam idam bhante Bhagavatā Dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || ||
4 Idha gahapati bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇam sukhavedaniyam || sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā ca kho paneva rūpaṃ disvā amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhavedaniyaṃ || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpam disvā upekhāṭṭhāniyaṃ Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5-9 Puna ca paraṃ gahapati sotena saddaṃ sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya manāpaṃ Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ


[page 116]
116 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 130. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati sukhāvedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaṃ viññāya amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṃ dukkhavedaniyaṃ || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paticca uppajjati dukkha vedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaṃ viññāya upekhāṭṭhāniyaṃ Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Evaṃ kho gahapati dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).131 (8) Nakulapitā
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu viharati Suṃsumāragire Bhesakalāvane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko pana paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā- || ||
10 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diṭṭheva-dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvinneyyā rūpā- || ||
17 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).132 (9) Lohicco
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantīsu viharati Makkarakaṭe araññe kuṭikāyaṃ || ||


[page 117]
XXXV. 132. 4] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO. 117
2 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yenāyasmato Mahā-Kaccānassa araññakuṭikā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu upasaṅkamitvā parito parito kuṭikāyam anucaṅkamanti anuvicaranti uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kānici kānici selissakāni karonti || || Ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇaka ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā imesam bhāratakānaṃ sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitāti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno vihārā nikkhamitvā te māṇavake etad avoca || || Mā vo māṇavakā saddam akattha dhammaṃ vo bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam vutte te māṇavakā tuṇhi ahesuṃ || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno te māṇavake gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sīluttamā pubbatarā ahesuṃ ||
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti ||
guttāni dvārāni surakkhitāni ||
ahesuṃ tesaṃ abhibhuyya kodhaṃ || ||
Dhamme ca jhāne ca ratā ahesuṃ ||
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti ||
ime ca vokkamma jappāmaseti ||
gottena mattā visamam caranti || ||
Kodhābhibhūtā puthu-attadaṇḍā ||
virajjhamānā tasathāvaresu ||
aguttadvārassa bhavanti moghā ||
supineva laddham purisassa vittaṃ || ||


[page 118]
118 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 5
Anāsakā thaṇḍilasāyikā ca ||
pātho sinānañca tayo ca vedā ||
kharājinaṃ jaṭāpaṅko ||
mantā sīlabbataṃ tapo || ||
Kuhanā vaṅkaṃ daṇḍā ca ||
udakā ca manāni ca ||
vaṇṇā ete brāhmaṇānaṃ ||
katā kiñcikkhabāvanā || || ||
Cittaṃ ca susamāhitaṃ ||
vippasannam anāvilaṃ ||
akhilaṃ sabbabhūtesu ||
so maggo brahmapattiyāti || || ||
5 Atha kho te māṇavakā kupitā anattamanā yena Lohicco brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Lohiccam brāhmaṇam etad avocuṃ || || Yagghe bhavaṃ jāneyya samaṇo Mahā-Kaccāno brāhmaṇānam mante ekaṃsena apavadati paṭikkosatīti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Lohicco brāhmaṇo kupito ahosi anattamano || ||
6 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || || Na kho pana me tam patirūpaṃ yo ham aññadatthu māṇavakānaṃ yeva sutvā samaṇam Mahā-Kaccānam akkoseyyaṃ paribhāseyyaṃ || yaṃ nūnāham upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyanti || ||
7 Atha kho Lohicco brāhmaṇo tehi mānavakehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Maha-Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Kaccanena saddhiṃ sammodi


[page 119]
XXXV. 132. 10] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Lohicco brāhmaṇo āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || Āgamaṃsu nu khvidha bho Kaccāna amhākaṃ sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā ti || ||
Āgamaṃsu khvidha te brāhmaṇa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhaharakā māṇavakā ti || ||
Ahu pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṃ kocid eva kathāsallāpoti || ||
Ahu kho me brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṃ kocid eva kathāsallāpo ti || ||
Yathā katham pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi mānavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
Evaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo || ||
Sīluttamā pubbatarā ahesuṃ
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti || ||
pe ||
Akhilam sabbabhūtesu
So maggo brahmapattiyā ti || ||
Evaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
9 Aguttadvāro ti bhavaṃ Kaccāno āha || Kittāvatā nu kho Kaccāna aguttadvāro hotīti || ||
10 Idha brāhmaṇa ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati || appiyarūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttim yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti


[page 120]
120 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || ||
11-14 Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
15 Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || ||
16 Evaṃ kho brāhmaṇa aguttadvāro hotīti || ||
17 Acchariyam bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna yāvañcidaṃ bhotā Kaccānena aguttadvāro va samāno aguttadvāro ti akkhāto || || Guttadvāro guttadvāro ti bhavaṃ Kaccāno āha || kittāvatā nu kho bho Kaccāna guttadvāro hotīti || ||
18 Idha brāhmaṇa bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitāya satiyā ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
19-22 Sotena saddam sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasam sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
23 Manasā dhammam viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyarūpe na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitāya satiyā ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañ cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
24 Evam kho brāhmaṇa guttadvāro hotīti || ||
25 Acchariyaṃ bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna yāvañcidam bhotā Kaccānena guttadvāro ca samāno guttadvāro akkhāto


[page 121]
XXXV. 133. 4] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 121
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Abhikkantam bho Kaccāna abhikkantam bho Kaccāna seyyathāpi bho Kaccāna nikujjitam vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti || evam eva bhotā Kaccānena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho Kaccāna tam Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Upāsakam mam bhavam Kaccāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ || ||
Yathā ca bhavaṃ Kaccāno Makkarakaṭe upāsakakulāni upasaṅkamati || evam evaṃ Lohiccakulam upasaṅkamatu ||
tattha ye māṇavakā vā māṇavikā vā bhavantaṃ Kaccānam abhivādessanti paccupaṭṭhissanti āsanaṃ vā udakaṃ vā dassanti tesaṃ tam bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).133 (10) Verahaccāni
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Udāyī Kāmaṇḍāyaṃ vihārati Todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa Ambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā antevāsī maṇavako yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ māṇavakam āyasmā Udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandessesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
4 Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaṇim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaṇo Udāyī dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇam majjhekalyānaṃ pariyosānakalyānaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetīti


[page 122]
122 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA {nu}[XXXV. 135. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
5 Tena hi tvam māṇavaka mama vacanena samaṇam Udāyiṃ nimantehi svātanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam hotī ti kho so māṇavako Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā patissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Adhivāsetu kira bhavaṃ Udāyī amhākam ācariyabhariyāya Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyi tuṇhibhāvena || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
7 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam Udāyiṃ paṇitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
8 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam Udāyim bhuttāviṃ oṇitapattapāṇiṃ pādukā ārohitvā ucce āsane nisīditvā sīsam oguṇṭhitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Bhaṇa samaṇa dhammanti || ||
Bhavissati bhagini samayoti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
9 Dutiyam pi kho so māṇavako yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho tam māṇavakam āyasmā Udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
10 Dutiyam pi kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaṇim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaṇo Udāyī dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇam majjhekalyāṇam pariyosānakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetīti


[page 123]
XXXV. 133. 17] GAHAPATIVAGGO DUTIYO 123
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
11 Evam eva pana tvam māṇavaka samaṇassa Udāyissa vaṇṇam bhāsasi || samaṇo panudāyī Bhaṇa samaṇa dhammanti vutto samāno Bhavissati bhagini samayo ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram pakkanto ti Tathā hi pana tvam bhoti pādukā ārohitvā ucce āsane nisīditvā sīsam oguṇṭhitvā etad avoca Bhaṇa samaṇa dhammanti || dhammagaruno hi te bhavanto dhammagāravāti || ||
13 Tena tvam māṇavaka mama vacanena samaṇam Udāyim nimantehi svāyatanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam bhotīti kho so māṇavako Verahaccanigottāya brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Adhivāsetu kira bhavaṃ Udāyi amhākam ācariyabhariyāya Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyī tunhibhāvena || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
15 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam Udāyim paṇitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
16 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam Udāyim bhuttāvim oṇītapattapāṇim pādukā orohitvā nīce āsane nisīditvā sīsaṃ vivaritvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Kisminnu kho bhante sati arahanto sukhadukkham paññāpenti kismim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaṃ na paññāpentīti || ||
17 Cakkhusmiṃ kho bhagini sati arahanto sukhadukkham paññāpenti || Cakkhusmim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaṃ na paññapenti


[page 124]
124 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 133. 18
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || la || Jivhāya sati arahanto sukhadukkham paññāpenti || jivhāya asati arahanto sukhadukkham na paññapenti || la || || Manasmiṃ sati arahanto sukhadukkham paññāpenti || manasmim asati arahanto sukhadukkham na paññāpentīti || ||
18 Evaṃ vutte Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti || evam eva ayyena Udāyinā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham ayya Udāyi tam Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || upāsikam mam ayyo Udāyī dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||
Gahapativaggo tatiyo ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Vesālī Vajji Nāḷandā ||
Bhāradvāja Sono ca Ghosito ||
Hālindako Nakulapitā ||
Lohicco Verahaccānīti || ||

CHAPTER IV DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO

 SN_4,35(1).134 (1) Devadahakhaṇo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Devadahannāma Sakkānam nigame || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Nāham bhikkhave sabbesaññeva bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi


[page 125]
XXXV. 134. 11] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 125
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Na ca panāham bhikkhave sabbesaññeva bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
3 Ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhiṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā || tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
4 Kataṃ tesam appamādena || abhabbā te pamajjituṃ || ||
5 Ye ca kho te bhikkhave bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemam patthayamānā viharanti ||
tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā manoramā pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṃ hoti viriyam asallīnaṃ || upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā || passaddho kāyo asāraddho || samāhitaṃ cittam ekaggaṃ || || Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave appamādaphalaṃ sampassamāno tesam bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
7,8,9,10 Pe || Santi bhikkhave jivhā- kāya- || ||
11 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā manoramā pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṃ hoti viriyam asallīnaṃ || upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā || passaddho kāyo asāraddho || samāhitaṃ cittam ekaggaṃ || || Imam khvāham bhikkhave appamādaphalam sampassamāno tesam bhikkhūnam chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmīti || ||


[page 126]
126 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 135. 2

 SN_4,35(1).135 (2) Saṅgayha
2 Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo vo paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
3 Diṭṭhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma nirayā || || Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpam passati ||
aniṭṭharūpaññeva passati no iṭṭharūpaṃ || akantarūpaññeva passati no kantarūpaṃ || amanāparūpaññeva passati no manāparūpaṃ || || Yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyati || || Yaṃ kiñci jivhāya rasaṃ sāyati || || Yaṃ kiñci kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusati || ||
Yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammam vijānāti || aniṭṭharūpaññe va vijānāti no iṭṭharūpaṃ || akantarūpaññeva vijānāti no kantarūpaṃ || amanāparūpaññeva vijānāti no manāparūpaṃ || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo vo paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
4 Diṭṭhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma saggā || || Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati ||
iṭṭharūpaññeva passati no aniṭṭharūpaṃ || kantarūpaññeva passati no akantarūpaṃ || manāparūpaññeva passati no amanāparūpaṃ || gha || Yam kiñci jivhāya sāyati || la || ||
Yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti || iṭṭharūpaññeva vijānāti no aniṭṭharūpaṃ || kantarūpaññeva vijānāti no akantarūpaṃ || manāparūpaññeva vijānāti no amānarūpaṃ || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo vo paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).136 (3) Agayha
2 Rūpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā rūpasamuditā ||
rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaṃ bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoṭṭhabbārāmā || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā


[page 127]
XXXV. 136. 4] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 127
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || dhammavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaṃ bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || ||
3 Tathāgato ca kho bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho rūpānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na rūpārāmo na rūparato na rūpasamudito || rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukhaṃ bhikkhave Tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaṃ || ||
Gandhānaṃ || || Rasānaṃ || || Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Dhammānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na dhammārāmo na dhammarato na dhammasamudito dhammavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukhobhikkhave tathāgato viharatīti || ||
4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparam pi etad avoca satthā || ||
Rūpā saddā gandhā rasā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā || ||
iṭṭhā kantā manāpā ca || yāvatatthīti vuccati || ||
Sadevakassa lokassa || ete vo sukhasammatā ||
Yattha cete nirujjhanti || taṃ tesaṃ dukkhasammataṃ || ||
Sukhaṃ diṭṭham ariyehi || sakkā yassa nirodhanaṃ ||
paccanīkam idaṃ hoti || sabbalokena dassanam || ||
Yam pare sukhato āhu || tad ariyā āhu dukkhato ||
yam pare dukkhato āhu || tad ariyā sukhato vidū || ||
Phassadhammaṃ durājānaṃ || sammuḷhettha aviddasu ||
nivutānaṃ tamo hoti || andhakāro apassataṃ || ||


[page 128]
128 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 136. 5
Satañca vivaṭaṃ hoti || āloko passatam idha ||
santikena vijānanti || mahādhammassa kovidā || ||
Bhavarāgaparetehi || bhavasotānusāribhi ||
Māradheyyānupannehi || nāyam dhammo susambud dho || || Ko nu aññatra-m-ariyehi || padaṃ sambuddham arahati || Yam padaṃ sammadaññāya || parinibbanti anāsavāti ||8 ||
5 Rūpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā rūparatā rūpasamuditā || rūpaviparināmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoṭṭhabbārāmā || || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhammapariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || ||
6 Tathāgato ca bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho rūpānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādinavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na rūpārāmo na rūparato na rūpasamudito || rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaṃ || ||
Gandhānam || || Rasānaṃ || || Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Dhammānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na dhammārāmo na dhammarato na dhammasamudito || dhammavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave Tathāgato viharatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).137 (4) Palāsinā1
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Jivhā na tumhākam tam pajahatha


[page 129]
XXXV. 139. 3] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 129
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sā vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Mano na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || So vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsam taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayam vā karotīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
10 Evam eva vo kho bhikkhave cakkhuṃ na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati ||
Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || Jivhā || pe || Mano na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).138 (5) Palāsinā2
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ || la ||
10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave rūpā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissantīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).139 (6) Hetunā ajjhatta1
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtam bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto niccam bhavissati || ||


[page 130]
130 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 139. 4
4-5 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave jivhā kuto niccā bhavissati || la || ||
8 Mano anicco || yo pi bhikkhave hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūto bhikkhave mano kuto nicco bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || la || ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe ||
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).140 (7) Hetunā ajjhatta2
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtam bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya kuto sukhā bhavissati || || Kāyo || pe || ||
8 Mano dukkho || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūto bhikkhave mano kuto sukho bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).141 (8) Hetunā ajjhatta3
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto attā bhavissati || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhikkhave jivhā kuto attā bhavissati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi anattā


[page 131]
XXXV. 144. 8] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 131
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || anattasambhūto bhikkhave mano kuto attā bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).142 (9) Hetunā bāhira1
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rūpānam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave rūpā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Poṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādaya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).143 (10) Hetunā bāhira2
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rupānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtā bhikkhave rūpā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).144 (11) Hetunā bāhira3
3 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rupānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhikkhave rūpā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||


[page 132]
132 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 144. 9
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Devadahavaggo catuttho ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Devadahakhaṇo Saṅgayha ||
Agayha dve honti Palāsinā ||
Hetunā pi tayo vuttā || ||
Duve ajjhatta-bāhirāti || ||

CHAPTER V NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

 SN_4,35(1).145 (1) Kammam
2 Navapurāṇāni bhikkhave kammāni desissāmi kammanirodham kammanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ || tam suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
3 Katamam bhikkhave purāṇakammaṃ || ||
Cakkhum bhikkhave purāṇakammam abhisaṅkhatam abhisañcetayitaṃ vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbam || pa || Jivhā purāṇakammam abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā vedaniyā daṭṭhabbā || la || Mano purāṇakammaṃ abhisaṅkhato abhisañcetayito vedaniyo daṭṭhabbo || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave purāṇakammaṃ || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave navakammaṃ || || Yaṃ kho bhikkhave etarahi kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya manasā idam vuccati bhikkhave navakammaṃ || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave kammanirodho || || Yo kho bhikkhave kāyakammavacīkamma manokammassa nirodhā vimuttiṃ phusati


[page 133]
XXXV. 146. 7] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 133
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodho || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ||
Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ||
7 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā purāṇakammaṃ || desitaṃ navakammaṃ || desito kammanirodho || desitā kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ||
8 Yaṃ kho bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
9 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).146 (2) Sappāya1
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ dessissāmi || taṃ sunātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum aniccanti passati ||
Rūpā aniccāti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā passati || tam pi Aniccanti passati || ||
4-5 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccāti passati || Rasā aniccāti passati ||
Jivhāviññāṇam aniccanti passati || Jivhāsamphasso aniccoti passati


[page 134]
134 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 146. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Aniccanti passati || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano aniccoti passati || Dhammā aniccāti passati ||
Manoviññāṇam aniccanti passati || Manosamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccanti passati || ||
9 Ayam kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).147 (3) Sappāya2
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
tam suṇātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyāpaṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhuṃ dukkhanti passati ||
Rūpā dukkhāti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhanti passati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkhoti passati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi dukkhanti passati || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || || Jivhā dukkhā ti passati || ||
la || ||
8 Mano dukkhoti || Dhammā dukkhā ti || Manoviññānaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Dukkhanti passati || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).148 (4) Sappāya3
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ sunātha || la || Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum anattā ti passati ||
Rūpā anattā ti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇam anattāti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso anattā ti passati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ


[page 135]
XXXV. 149. 9] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 135
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tampi Anattā ti passati || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā anattāti passati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattāti passati || Dhammā anattāti passati ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhum asukhaṃ vā tam pi anattāti passati || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).149 (5) Sappāya4
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ suṇātha || la || ||
Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā patipadā || ||
3 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || Cakkhuviññāṇam || Cakkhusamphasso || la || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante - Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati || Cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tasmim nibbindati


[page 136]
136 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 149. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).150 (6) Antevasi
3 Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaṃ vussati anācariyakaṃ || ||
4 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || Anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anācariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharati || ||
5 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || ||
6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā tyassa antovasanti antassa vasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti || tasmā Santevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te naṃ samudācaranti || samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti || tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā || ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || ||
9-10 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā || pe || || Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammam viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā || tyassa antovasanti antassa vasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā


[page 137]
XXXV. 150. 20] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 137
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tasmā Santevāsiko ti vuccati || te naṃ samudācaranti samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || ||
12 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || ||
13 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharati || ||
14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā || tyassa na antovasanti nāssa antovasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Antevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na naṃ samudācaranti na samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || ||
15-18 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
19 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaṃ viññāya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā tyassa na antovasanti nassa antovasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anantevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na naṃ samudācaranti na samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || ||
20 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharati || ||
Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaṃ vuccati anācariyakaṃ || ||


[page 138]
138 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 150. 21
21 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anācariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).151 (7) Kimatthiya
3 Sace vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuṃ || Kim atthi yam āvuso samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākareyyātha || ||
4 Dukkhassa kho āvuso yassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamam pana tam avuso dukkham yassa pariññāya samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti ||
evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Rūpā dukkhā tesam pariññāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā adukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi dukkhaṃ || tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || ||
12 Idaṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ yassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
13 Evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākareyyāthāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).152 (8) Atthi nu kho pariyāyo
3 Atthi nu kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatrānussavā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aññam vyākareyya


[page 139]
XXXV. 152. 11] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 139
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Atthi bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākareyya || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātīti || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya || pe || aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākaroti Khiṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
7 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā santam vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantam vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || ||
Yantam bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpam disvā santam vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā ruciyā vā veditabbā anussavena vā veditabbā ākāraparivitakkena vā veditabbā diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā paññāya disvā veditabbā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatrānussavā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatradiṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākaroti Khīṇā jati vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
8-11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ sutvā || pe || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||


[page 140]
140 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 152. 12
12 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya santaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamoham. Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti pajānāti || || Yam tam bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya santaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā || pe || diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā paññāya disvā veditabbāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
13 Ayam pi kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatrānussavā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākaroti || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).153 (9) Indriya
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || Indriyasampanno indriyasampanno ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante indriyasampanno hotīti || ||
4 Cakkhundriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassī viharanto cakkhundriye nibbindati || Sotindriye || Ghānindriye ||
Jivhindriye || Kāyindriye || Manindriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassī viharanto manindriye nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati || la || Vimutasmi vimuttamhīti ñānaṃ hoti || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
5 Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu indriyasampannoti || ||


[page 141]
XXXV. 154. 9] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 141

 SN_4,35(1).154 (10) Kathika
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante vuccati kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hotīti || ||
4 Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāya || ||
9 Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti || ||
Navapurāṇavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kammaṃ cattāri Sappāyā || Anantevāsi Kimatthiyā ||
Atthinukhopariyāyo || Indriya-Kathikena te dasāti || ||
Tatra Vagguddānaṃ ||
Yogakkhemi ca Loko ca || Gahapati Devadahena ca ||
Navapurāṇena paññāsaṃ || tatiyaṃ tena vuccatīti || ||


[page 142]
142 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 155. 3
PAÑÑĀSAM CATUTTHAM

CHAPTER I NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO

 SN_4,35(1).155 (1) Nandikkhaya1
3 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave cakkhuṃ Aniccanti passati ||
sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāsampassaṃ nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu sotaṃ Aniccanti passati || ghānaṃ Aniccanti passati || jivham Aniccanti passati || kāyam Aniccanti passati || ||
8 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu manaṃ Aniccanti passati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).156 (2) Nandikkhaya2
3 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpe Aniccā ti passati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-8 Anicce yeva bhikkhave sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭṭhabbe || dhamme Aniccā ti passati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).157 (3) Nandikkhaya3
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || cakkhaniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || Cakkhum bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto cakkhaniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || nandikkhayo rāgakkhayo ragakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||


[page 143]
XXXV. 159. 3] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 143
4-5 Sotam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || Ghānaṃ || ||
6 Jivham bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto jivhāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto jivhāya nibbindati || || pe || cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
7-8 Kāyam || || Manam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || manāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtam samanupassatha || ||
Manam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto manāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto manasmimpi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).158 (4) Nandikkhaya4
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || rūpāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || || Rūpe bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto rūpāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto rūpesu pi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Sadde || || Gandhe || || Poṭṭhabbe || || Kāye || ||
8 Dhamme bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || dhammāniccataṃ ca yathābhutaṃ samanupassatha || || Dhamme bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto dhammāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto dhammesu pi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).159 (5) Jīvakambavane1
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jīvakambavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi Bhikkhavoti ||
la || ||
3 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhūtam okkhāyati


[page 144]
144 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 159. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Kiñca yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Rupā aniccāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || Ghānaṃ || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano aniccoti yathābhutam okkhāyati || Dhammā aniccāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || la || Yam pidam mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati sukkhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhikkhuno yathābhūtam okkhāyatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).160 (6) Jīvakambavane2
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jīvakambavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || la || ||
3 Paṭisallāṇe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paṭisallīṇassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
Kiñca yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhu aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Rūpā aniccāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco ti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Dhammā ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā


[page 145]
XXXV. 161. 10] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam pi Aniccanti yathabhūtam okkhāyati || ||
10 Patisallāṇe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallīṇassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathabhūtam okkhāyatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).161 (7) Koṭṭhiko1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
Yaṃ kho Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Kiñca Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rupā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
7 Jivhā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rasā aniccā ||
Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || Jivhāsamphasso || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
8-9 Kāyo || || Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Dhammā aniccā || Manoviññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ || manosamphasso ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
10 Yam kho Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||


[page 146]
146 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 162. 2

 SN_4,35(1).162 (8) Koṭṭhiko2
2-3 Atha kho || la || vihareyyanti || ||
Yam kho Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
kiñca Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rūpā dukkhā tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Jivhādukkhā || || Kāyo dukkho || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo || pe || Mano samphasso- || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ- || tam pi dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yaṃ kho Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).163 (9) Koṭṭika3
2-3 Ekam antaṃ || la || vihareyyanti || ||
Yo kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Ko ca Koṭṭhika anattā || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rūpā anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuviññāṇam anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || la ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Dhammā anattā || Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ


[page 147]
XXXV. 165. 10] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 147
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || tam pi anattā tatra chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).164 (10) Micchādiṭṭhi
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassam aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || pa || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || ||
10 Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).165 (11) Sakkāya
2-3 Etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum kho bhikkhu dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassaṃ dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || la || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukkhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||


[page 148]
148 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 166. 2

 SN_4,35(1).166 (12) Attano
2-3 Etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇam anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassam anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhaṃ || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati ||
dhamme || manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphassaṃ || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
Nandikkhayavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Nandikkhayena cattāro ||
Jīvakambavane duve ||
Koṭṭhikena tayo vuttā ||
Micchā Sakkāya Attano ti || ||

CHAPTER II SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]

 SN_4,35(1).167 (1) Chandena (aṭṭhārasa)1
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||


[page 149]
XXXV. 168. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 149
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ti || ||
(2) Chandena2
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo ||
kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Kāyo anicco Mano anicco tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabboti || ||
(3) Chandena3
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).168 (4-6) Chandena4,5,6,
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||


[page 150]
150 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 168. 10
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).169 (7-9) Chandena7,8,9
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave anattā || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

 SN_4,35(1).170 (10-12) Chandena10,11,12
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
4 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

 SN_4,35(1).171 (13-15) Chandena13,14,15
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkham tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Rupā bhikkhave dukkhā || tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā dukkhā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||


[page 151]
XXXV. 173. 3. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 151

 SN_4,35(1).172 (16-18) Chandena16,17,18
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhikkhave anattā || ||
4 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).173 (19) Atītena (nava)1
3-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ atītaṃ || Sotaṃ || ||
Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || Mano anicco atīto || ||
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmiṃ pi || manasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimuttasmi vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
(20) Atītena2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam anāgataṃ || || Sotaṃ || ||
Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā aniccā anāgatā || Kāyo || || Mano anicco anāgato || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
(21) Atītena3
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaṃ || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā aniccā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || || Mano anicco paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||


[page 152]
152 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 174. 3

 SN_4,35(1).174 (22-24) Atītena4,5,6
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītam anāgatam paccuppannaṃ || || sotam || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā dukkhā atīta anāgatā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || ||
Mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).175 (25-27) Atītena7,8,9
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītam anāgatam paccuppannaṃ || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā anattā || Kāyo || Mano atīto anāgato paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthatāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).176 (28-30) Atītena (nava)10,11,12
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
 SN_4,35(1).177 (31-33) Atītena13,14,15
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).178 (34-36) Atītena16,17,18
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).179 (37) Yadanicca (aṭṭhārasa)1
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atītaṃ || Yad aniccaṃ tam dukkhaṃ


[page 153]
XXXV. 179. 3. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 153
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānam aniccaṃ || || Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
8 Mano anicco atīto || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
(38) Yadanicca2
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ anāgataṃ || yad aniccam taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānam aniccaṃ || || Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco anāgato || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
(39) Yadanicca3
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco paccuppanno || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||


[page 154]
154 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 180. 3

 SN_4,35(1).180 (40-42) Yadanicca4,5,6
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītam anāgatam paccuppannam || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhutam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno || || Yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama Neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).181 (43-45) Yadanicca7,8,9
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītam anāgatam paccuppannaṃ || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā atīto anāgato paccuppanno || Yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).182 (46-48) Yadanicca10,11,12
3 Rupā bhikkhave aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
Yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkham || Yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||


[page 155]
XXXV. 184. 2. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 155

 SN_4,35(1).183 (49-51) Yadanicca13,14,15
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthāttāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).184 (52-54) Yadanicca16,17,18
3 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).185 (55) Ajjhatta (tayo)1
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ ||
Jivhā || Kāyo || Mano anicco || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pājānātīti || ||
(56) Ajjhatta2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||


[page 156]
156 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 185. 3. 3
(57) Ajjhatta3
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).186 (58) Bāhira (tayo)1
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
(59) Bāhira2
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā || ||
(60) Bāhira3
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Saṭṭhi-peyyālaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Chandenaṭṭhārasā honti ||
Atītena ca dve nava ||
Yadaniccāṭṭhārasā vuttā ||
Tayo ajjhatta-bāhirā ||
Peyyālo saṭṭhiko vutto ||
Buddhenādiccabandhunā ti || ||
Suttantāni saṭṭhi || ||


[page 157]
XXXV. 187. 2] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 157

CHAPTER III SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,35(1).187 (1) Samuddo1
2 Samuddo samuddo ti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano bhāsati || || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaṇṇavo || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rūpamayo vego || yo taṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave atari cakkhusamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rasamayo vego || Yo taṃ rasamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave atari jivhāsamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo || ||
la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa dhammamayo vego || yo taṃ dhammavegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave atari manosamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo ti || ||
9 Idam avoca satthā || ||
Yo imaṃ samuddaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ ||
saūmibhayaṃ duttaram accatari ||
So vedagū vusitabrahmacariyo ||
lokantagū pāragato ti vuccatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).188 (2) Samudda2
2 Samuddo samuddoti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano bhāsati


[page 158]
158 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 188. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaṇṇavo || ||
3-5 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajaniyā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ti || || Etthāyaṃ sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇīpajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulakajātā guṇaguṇikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattanti || ||
6-7 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || || Etthāyam sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulakajātā guṇaguṇikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattantīti

 SN_4,35(1).189 (3) Bālisiko
2 Yassa rāgo ca doso ca avijjā ca virājitā || so imaṃ samuddaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ saūmibhayaṃ duttaram accatari || ||
Saṅgātiko maccujaho nirūpadhi ||
pahāya dukkham apunabbhavāya ||
atthaṅgato so na pamāṇam eti ||
amohayi maccurājanti brūmīti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave bāḷisiko āmisagataṃ baḷisaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam aññataro āmisacakkhu maccho gileyya


[page 159]
XXXV. 190. 2] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 159
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave maccho gilitabaḷiso bāḷisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāḷisikassa || evam eva kho bhikkhave cha yime baḷisā lokasmiṃ anayāya sattānaṃ vyābādhāya pāṇinaṃ || || Katame cha ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañ ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaliso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pe || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathakāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || ||
10-12 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na gilitabaliso Mārassa ||
abhedi baḷisaṃ paribhedi baḷisam na anayam āpanno na vyasanam āpanno na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa || ||
13-14 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pe || ||
15 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā-rajanīyā || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na giḷitabaḷiso Mārassa || abhedi baḷisaṃ paribhedi baḷisaṃ na anayam āpanno na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).190 (4) Khīrarukkhena
2-6 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so atthi


[page 160]
160 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 190. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti pariyādiyantevāssa cittaṃ || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || la || ||
7 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti pariyādiyantevāssa cittam || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhu rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīrarukkho assattho vā nigrodho vā pilakkho vā udumbaro vā daharo taruṇo komārako || tam enam puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya khīranti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Yaṃ hi bhante khīraṃ tam atthīti || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so atthi ||
yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti || pariyādiyantevāssa cittaṃ || ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Tam kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi


[page 161]
XXXV. 190. 16] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu yo rāgo so atthi || pe || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa va bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || || Tassa parittā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti pariyādiyantevassa cittaṃ || ko pana vādo adhimattānam || || Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi ||
yo rāgo so appahīno || pe || ||
10-12 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno ||
yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
13-15 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu || pe || manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
Tassa adhimattā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīrarukkho assattho vā nigrodho vā pilakkho vā udumbaro vā sukkho koḷāpo terovassiko || tam enaṃ puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya āgaccheyya khīran ti || ||


[page 162]
162 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 1
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Yaṃ hi bhante khīraṃ taṃ natthi || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno ||
yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || Tassa adhimattā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti ||
nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || Ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || la || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rāsesu || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti || nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || Yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).191 (5) Koṭṭhiko
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Koṭṭhiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko āyasmantam Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kinnu kho āvuso Sāriputta cakkhu rūpānaṃ samyojanaṃ rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || Jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ rasā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ


[page 163]
XXXV. 191. 6] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 163
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ dhammā manassa saṃyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Koṭṭhika cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paticca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || || Na jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rasā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || || Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ ||
yañ ca tattha tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāḷo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā saṃyuttassu || Yo nu kho evaṃ vadeyya || kālo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ || odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa saṃyojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho āvuso kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ || na pi odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ || yena ca kho ekena damena vā yottena vā saṃyuttā || taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || || Evam eva kho āvuso na cakkhurūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || pe || Na jivhā rasānam saṃyojanaṃ || la || Na mano dhammānam saṃyojanam na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
6 Cakkhu vā āvuso rūpānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa ||
rūpā vā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || na yidaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa samyojanaṃ


[page 164]
164 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhayāya || pa || ||
Jivhā vā āvuso rasānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa || rasā vā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || nayidaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na jivhā rasānaṃ samyojanaṃ || na rasā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || pa || || Mano vā avuso dhammānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa || dhammā vā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || nayidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
7 Iminā petam āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaṃ || yathā na cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || pa || Na jivhārasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || pe || Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanam na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || tam tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
8 Saṃvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato cakkhu || passati Bhagavā cakkhunā rūpaṃ || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi ||
suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || pe || || Saṃvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato jivhā || sāyati Bhagavā jivhāya rasaṃ || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || ||
Saṃvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato mano || jānāti Bhagavā manasā dhammaṃ


[page 165]
XXXV. 192. 4] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 165
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā ||
9 Iminā kho etam āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaṃ ||
yathā na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha samyojanaṃ || || Na sotaṃ ||
Na ghānam || || Na jivhā rasānam saṃyojanaṃ na rasā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanam || || Na kāyo || ||
Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojananti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).192 (6) Kāmabhū
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Ānando āyasmā ca Kāmabhū Kosambiyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kāmabhū sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kāmabhū āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Ānanda cakkhuṃ rupānam saṃyojanaṃ rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || pa || jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ rasā jivhāya saṃyojanam || pa || || mano dhammānam saṃyojanaṃ dhammā manassa saṃyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Kāmabhū cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || pa || || Na jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rasā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || || Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||


[page 166]
166 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 192. 5
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāḷo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṃyuttā assu || || Yo nu kho evaṃ vadeyya || kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ odāto balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃyojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho avuso kāḷo balivaddo odatassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ na pi odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa saṃyojanaṃ || yena ca kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṃyuttā || taṃ tattha saṃyojanam || Evam eva kho āvuso na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || Na jivhā || pa || || Na mano || pa || || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha saṃyojananti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).193 (7) Udāyī
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Ānando āyasmā ca Udāyī Kosambiyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā- -vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Udāyī āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || Yatheva nu kho āvuso Ānanda ayaṃ kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito iti pi ayaṃ kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaṃ viññāṇam pidam ācikkhituṃ desetum paññāpetum paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātum iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || ||
Yatheva kho āvuso Udāyi ayaṃ kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito iti pāyam kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaṃ viññāṇam pi ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetum paṭṭhapetum vivarituṃ vibhajitum uttānīkātum || iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattāti || ||
4-6 Cakkhuñca āvuso paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇanti || ||

[page 167]
XXXV. 193. 10] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 167
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo cakkhuviññāṇassa uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho cakkhuviññāṇam paññāyethāti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || pa || ||
7-8 Jivhañcāvuso paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇanti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo jivhāviññāṇassa uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho jivhāviññāṇam paññāyethā ti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || pa || ||
9 Manañcāvuso paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇanti || ||
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho manoviññāṇam paññāyethāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇham kuṭhārim ādāya vanam paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaṃ kadalikkhandhaṃ ujuṃ navakam akukkukajātaṃ || tam evam mūle chindeyya


[page 168]
168 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 193. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || mūle chetvā agge chindeyya || agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujjeyya || || So tattha pheggum nādhigaccheyya kuto sāram || ||
11 Evam eva kho āvuso bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu nevattānaṃ na attaniyaṃ samanupassati || so evam asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaṃ neva parinibbāyati || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).194 (8) Ādittena
1 Ādittapariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaṃ desissāmi tam suṇātha || || Katamo ca so bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || ||
2 Varam bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva cakkhuviññeyesu rūpesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇam tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitam vā ||
tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati ||
yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
3 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena ayosaṃkunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena sotindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva sotaviññeyyesu saddesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho || nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālam kareyya ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati || yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
4 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavam disvā evaṃ vadāmi


[page 169]
XXXV. 194. 7] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 169
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena nakhacchedanena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena ghānindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || na tveva ghānaviññeyyesu gandhesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati || yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
5 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena khurena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena jivhindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ na tveva jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇam tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya || ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati || yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
6 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ vadāmi || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya kāyindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva kāyaviññeyyesu phoṭṭhabbesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam etam vijjati ||
yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
7 Imaṃ khvāhaṃ bhikkhave ādīnavam disvā evam vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave suttaṃ || suttaṃ kho panāham bhikkhave vañjhaṃ jīvitānam vadāmi aphalaṃ jīvitānaṃ vadāmi momūhaṃ jīvitānam vadāmi || na tveva tathārūpe vitakke vitakkeyya yathārūpānaṃ vitakkānaṃ vasaṃgato saṅgham bhindeyya || || Imam khvāham bhikkhave vañjhaṃ jīvitānam ādīnavam disvā evaṃ vadāmi


[page 170]
170 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 194. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
8 Tattha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
Tiṭṭhatu tāva tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti cakkhum aniccaṃ rūpā aniccā cakkhuviññāṇam aniccaṃ || cakkhusamphasso anicco || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
9 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena ayosaṃkunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena sotindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti sotam aniccaṃ saddā aniccā sotaviññāṇam aniccaṃ sotasamphasso anicco || yam pidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
10 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena nakhacchedanena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena ghānindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti ghānam aniccaṃ gandhā aniccā ghānaviññāṇam aniccaṃ ghānasamphasso anicco || yam pidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ || la || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
11 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena khurena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena jivhindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti jivhā aniccā rasā aniccā jivhāviññāṇam aniccaṃ jivhāsamphasso anicco ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ ||
pe || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
12 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya kāyindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭham || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti kāyo anicco phoṭṭhabbā aniccā kāyaviññāṇam aniccaṃ kāyasamphasso anicco


[page 171]
XXXV. 195. 4] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 171
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
Yam pidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā || pe || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
13 Tiṭṭhatu tāva suttaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti mano anicco dhammā aniccā manoviññāṇam aniccaṃ manosamphasso anicco || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako {cakkhusmiṃ} nibbindati rūpesu nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
15 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).195 (9) Hatthapādupamā1
1 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ paññāyati || pādesu sati abhikkamapatikkamo paññāyati || pabbesu sati sammiñjanapasāraṇam paññāyati || kucchismiṃ sati jighacchā pipāsā paññāyati || ||
2 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmiṃ sati cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattam sukhaṃ dukkham ||
pe || jivhāya sati jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkham || pa || manasmiṃ sati manosāmphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
3 Hatthesu bhikkhave asati ādānanikkhepanaṃ na paññāyati || pādesu asati abhikkamapaṭikkamo na paññāyati || pabbesu asati sammiñjanapasāraṇaṃ na paññāyati ||
kucchismim asati jighacchā pipāsā na paññāyāti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmim asati cakkhusamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ vā


[page 172]
172 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 196. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe || jivhāya asati jivhāsamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ||
pa || || Manasmim asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).196 (10) Hatthapādupamā2
1-4 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ hoti ||
pādesusati- -manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
Samudda-vaggo2
Tassuddānaṃ3 || ||
Dve Samuddā Bāḷasiko ||
Khīrarukkhena Koṭṭhiko ||
Kāmabhū Udāyī ceva ||
Ādittena ca aṭṭhamam ||
Hatthapādupamā duve || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||

CHAPTER [IV] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

 SN_4,35(1).197 (1) Āsīviso
1-2 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ || pa || āmantesi || Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikulo || tam enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || ||
Ime te ambho purisa cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā kālena kālaṃ vuṭṭhāpetabbā kālena kālaṃ nahāpetabbā kālena kālam bhojetabbā kālena kālam pavesetabbā


[page 173]
XXXV. 197. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 173
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yadā ca kho te ambho purisa imesaṃ catunnam āsīvisānam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam aññataro vā aññataro vā kuppissati ||
tato tvam ambho purisa maraṇam vā nigacchissasi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || yan te ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisānam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānaṃ yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam enam vadeyyuṃ || || Ime te ambho purisa pañcavadhakā paccatthikā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddhā yattheva nam passissāma tattheva jīvitāvoropessāmāti || yan te ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisānam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannaṃ vadhakānaṃ paccatthikānaṃ yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || || Ayan te ambho purisa chaṭṭho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddho yattheva nam passissāmi tattheva siro pātessāmīti || yan te ambo purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisānam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannam vadhakānam paccatthikānam bhīto chaṭṭhassa antaracarassa vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa yena vā tena vā palāyetha || so passeyya suññaṃ gāmaṃ yaññayad evaṃ gharaṃ paviseyya rittakaññeva paviseyya tucchakaññeva paviseyya suññakaññeva paviseyya || yaññayadeva bhājanam parimaseyya tucchakaññeva parimaseyya suññakaññeva parimaseyya ||
tam enam evam vadeyyuṃ || || Idāni ambho purisa imam suññagāmaṃ corā gāmaghātakā vadhissanti || yan te ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||


[page 174]
174 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 197. 7
7 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisānam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannaṃ vadhakānam paccatthikānam bhīto chaṭṭhassa antaracarassa vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa bhīto corānaṃ gāmaghātakānaṃ yena va tena vā palāyetha || || So passeyya mahantam udakaṇṇavam orimantīram sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayam pārimantīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayaṃ na cassa nāvā santāraṇī uttārasetuvā apārāpāraṃgamanāya || ||
8 Atha kho so bhikkhave tassa purisassa evam assa Ayaṃ kho mahā udakaṇṇavo orimantīram sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayam pārimantīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayaṃ natthica nāvā santāranī uttārasetu vā aparāpāraṃgamanāya || ||
Yam nūnāhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsaṃ saṅkaḍḍhitvā kullam bandhitvā taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāram gaccheyyan ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso tiṇa-kaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsam saṃkaḍḍhitvā kullam bandhitvā taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ gaccheyya || || tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale titthati brāhmaṇo || ||
10 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhave katā atthassa viññāpanāya ayaṃ cettha attho || ||
11 Cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā ti kho bhikkhave catunnetam mahābhūtānam adhivacanaṃ || pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā ||
12 Pañcavadhakā paccatthikā ti kho bhikkhave pañcannetam upādānakkhandhānam adhivacanam seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandhassa vedanupādānakkhandhassa saññupādānakkhandhassa saṅkhārupādānakkhandhassa viññānupādānakkhandhassa || ||
13 Chaṭṭho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko ti kho bhikkhave nandirāgassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
14 Suñño gāmo ti kho bhikkhave channam ajjhattikānam adhivacanaṃ || cakkhuto ce pi nam bhikkhave paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī upaparikkhati rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati suññakaññeva khāyati


[page 175]
XXXV. 198. 3] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 175
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pa || jivhato ce pi nam bhikkhave || pa || manato ce pi nam bhikkhave paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī upaparikkhati rittakaññeva khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati suññakaññeva khāyati || ||
15 Corā gāmaghātakā ti kho bhikkhave channam bāhirānam āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || cakkhu bhikkhave haññati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesu || sotam bhikkhave || la ||
ghānam bhikkhave || pa || jivhā bhikkhave haññati manāpāmanāpesu rasesu || kāyo bhikkhave || pa || mano bhikkhave haññati manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu || ||
16 Mahā udakaṇṇavo ti kho bhikkhave catunnam oghānam adhivacanaṃ || kāmoghassa bhavoghassa diṭṭhoghassa avijjoghassa || ||
17 Orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayan ti kho bhikkhave sakkāyassetam adhivacanam || ||
18 Pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayan ti kho bhikkhave nibbānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
19 Kullan ti kho bhikkhave ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhiyā pa ||
sammāsamādhissa || ||
20 Hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyāmo ti kho bhikkhave viriyārambhassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
21 Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo ti kho bhikkhave arahato etam adhivacanan ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).198 (2) Rato
3 Tīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati || yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānam khayāya || || Katamehi tīhi ||
Indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || bhojane mattaññu jāgariyam anuyutto || ||


[page 176]
176 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 198. 4
4 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittagāhī hoti nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatvādhikaraṇam enaṃ cakkhundriyam asaṃvutam viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ ||
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddam sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti || yatvādhikaraṇam enam manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa {saṃvarāya} paṭipajjati rakkhati manindriyam manindriye {saṃvaram} āpajjati ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave subhūmiyaṃ cātumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa odhasatapatodo tam enaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhirūhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena patodam gahetvā yenicchakam yadicchakam sāreyya pi pacchāsāreyya pi || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesaṃ channam indriyānam ārakkhāya sikkhati || saṃyamāya sikkhati || damāya sikkhati upasamāya sikkhati || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane mattaññu hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya || iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navaṃ ca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||


[page 177]
XXXV. 199. 4] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 177
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso vaṇam ālimpeyya yāvad eva ropanatthāya || seyyathā vā pana akkham abbhañjeyya yāvad eva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇaṃ ca vedanam paṭihaṅkhāmi navaṃ ca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||
Evam kho bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane mattaññu hoti || ||
8 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Rattiyā pathamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmam dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyam kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññam manasi karitvā ||
rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmam paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || ||
9 Imehi kho bhikkhave bhikkhu tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṃ khayāyāti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).199 (3) Kummo
3 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave kummo kacchapo sāyaṇhasamayam anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi || siṅgālo pi kho bhikkhave sāyaṇhasamayam anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi || ||
4 Addasā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo siṅgālam dūrato va gocarapasutaṃ || disvāna soṇḍipañcimāni aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṃkasāyati


[page 178]
178 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 199. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
5 Siṅgalo pi bhikkhave addasā kummaṃ kacchapam dūrato va || disvāna yena kummo kacchapo tenupasaṅkami upasaṅkamitvā kummaṃ kacchapam paccupaṭṭhito ahosi || ||
Yadāyam kummo kacchapo soṇḍipañcimānam aṅgānam aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgam abhininnāmessati tattheva naṃ gahetvā uddālitvā khādissāmīti || ||
6 Yadā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo soṇḍipañcimānam aṅgānam aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgaṃ na abhininnāmesi || atha siṅgālo kummamhā nibbijja pakkāmi otāram alabhamāno || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tumhe pi Māro pāpimā satatam samitam paccupaṭṭhito Appevanāmaham imesaṃ cakkhuto vā otāraṃ labheyyaṃ || pa || jivhāto vā otāraṃ labheyyaṃ || pa || manato vā otāraṃ labheyyanti || ||
8 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || ||
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvyañjanaggahino || yatvādhikaraṇam enaṃ cakkhundriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyam || cakkhundriye saṃvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mā anuvyañjanaggāhino || yatvādhikaraṇam enam manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa {saṃvarāya} paṭipajjatha || rakkhatha manindriyam || manindriye saṃvaram āpajjatha || || Yato tumhe bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharissatha || atha tumhehi pi Māro pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati otāram alabhamāno kummamhā va siṅgālo ti || ||


[page 179]
XXXV. 200. 3] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 179
Kummo va aṅgāni sake kapāle ||
samodaham bhikkhu manovitakko ||
anissito aññam aheṭhayāno ||
parinibbuto nupavadeyya kiñci ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).200 (4) Dārukkhandha1
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati Gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre || ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantaṃ dārukkhandham Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaṃ || disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaṃ dārukkhandham Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Sace kho bhikkhave dārukkhandho na orimantīraṃ upagacchati na pārimantīram upagacchati || na majjhe saṃsīdissati || na thale ussīdissati || na manussagāho bhavissati || na amanussagāho bhavissati || na āvaṭṭagāho bhavissati || na antopūti bhavissati || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave dārukkhandho samuddaninno bhavissati samuddapoṇo samuddapabbhāro || Taṃ kissa hetu || samuddaninno bhikkhave Gaṅgāya nadiyā soto samuddapoṇo samuddapabbhāro || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave sace tumhe pi na orimantīram upagacchatha || na pārimantīram upagacchatha || na majjhe saṃsīdissatha || na thale ussīdissatha ||
na manussagāho hessatha || na amanussagāho hessatha ||
na āvaṭṭagāho hessatha || na antopūti bhavissatha || evaṃ tumhe bhikkhave nibbānaninnā bhavissatha nibbānapoṇā nibbānapabbhārā


[page 180]
180 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 200. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Taṃ kissa hetu || nibbānaninnā bhikkhave sammādiṭṭhi nibbānapoṇā nibbānapabbhārā ti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante orimantīram || Kim pārimantīraṃ || Ko majjhe saṃsīdo || Ko thale ussādo || Ko manussagāho || Ko amanussagāho || Ko āvaṭṭagāho || Ko antopūtibhavo ti || ||
5 Orimantīran ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || ||
6 Pārimantīran ti kho bhikkhu channaṃ bāhirānam āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || ||
7 Majjhe saṃsīdo ti kho bhikkhu nandirāgassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
8 Thale ussādo ti kho bhikkhu asmimānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhu manussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu gihī saṃsaṭṭho viharati || sahanandi sahasokī sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā tesu yogam āpajjati || ayam vuccati bhikkhu manussagāho || ||
10 Katamo ca bhikkhu amanussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu ekacco ekacco aññataraṃ devanikāyam paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati || imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā ti ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu amanussagāho || ||
11 Āvaṭṭagāho ti kho bhikkhu pañcannetam kāmaguṇānam adhivacanaṃ || ||
12 Katamo ca bhikkhu antopūtibhāvo || || Idha bhikkhu ekacco dussīlo hoti || pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭichannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacārīpaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto


[page 181]
XXXV. 201. 2] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu antopūtibhavo ti ||
11 Tena kho pana samayena Nando gopālako Bhagavato avidūre ṭhito hoti || ||
12 Atha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ahaṃ kho bhante orimantīram upagacchāmi || na pārimantīram upagacchāmi || na majjhe saṃsīdissāmi || na thale ussīdissāmi || na maṃ manussagāho gahissati ||
na amanussagāho gahissati || na āvaṭṭagāho gahissati || na antopūti bhavissāmi || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
13 Tena hi tvaṃ Nanda sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyādehīti || ||
Gamissanti bhante gāvo vacchagiddhiniyoti || ||
Niyyādeheva tvaṃ Nanda sāmikānaṃ gāvo ti || ||
14 Atha kho Nando gopālako sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyādetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Niyyāditā bhante samikānam gāvo labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
15 Alattha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Nando eko vūpakaṭṭho || pe || ||
16 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Nando arahaṃ ahosi || ||

 SN_4,35(1).201 (5) Dārukkhandho2
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kimbilāyaṃ viharati Gaṅgāya nadiyā tire ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantam dārukkhandhaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaṃ || disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānan ti


[page 182]
182 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 201. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Vitthāretabbaṃ || pe || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte āyasma Kimbilo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante orimantīram || || Vitthāretabbo ||
pe ||
12 Katamo ca Kimbila antopūtibhāvo || || Idha Kimbila bhikkhu aññataraṃ saṅkiliṭṭham āpattim āpanno hoti yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānam paññāyati || ayaṃ vuccati Kimbila antopūtibhāvoti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).202 (6) Avassuto
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Kāpilavatthavānaṃ Sakyānaṃ navaṃ santhāgāram acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena || ||
3 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante Kāpilavatthavānaṃ Sakyānam navaṃ santhāgāram acirakāritam anajjhāvutthaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena


[page 183]
XXXV. 202. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam bhante Bhagavā pathamam paribhuñjatu ||
Bhagavatā pathamam paribhuttam pacchā Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā paribhuñjissanti || tad assa Kāpilavatthavānaṃ Sakyānam dīgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena || ||
5 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato {adhivāsanaṃ} viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikam patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpam āropetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Sabbasanthariṃ santhatam bhante santhāgāram āsanāni paññattāni udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito || telappadīpo āropito || yassadāni Bhagavā kālam maññatīti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya saddhim bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā majjhimam thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi || Bhikkhusaṅgho pi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā pacchimam bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā || || Kāpilavatthavā pi kho Sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā puratthimam bhittiṃ nissāya pacchāmukhā nisīdiṃsu || Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā ||
7 Atha kho Bhagavā Kāpilavatthave Sakye bahudeva rattim dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādāpetvā samuttejitvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi || || Abhikkantā kho Gotamā ratti yassa dāni kālam maññathāti || ||


[page 184]
184 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 8
Evam bhante ti kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā acirapakkantesu Kāpilavatthavesu Sakyesu āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam āmantesi || ||
Vigatathīnamiddho kho Moggalāna bhikkhusaṅgho paṭibhātu taṃ Moggalāna bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathā ||
piṭṭhi me āgilāyati tam aham āyamissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Bhagavato paccassosi ||
9 Atha kho Bhagavā catuguṇam saṅghātim paññāpetvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi || pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajaño uṭṭhānasaññam manasi karitvā || ||
10 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āmantesi āvuso bhikkhave ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Avassutapariyāyaṃ ca vo āvuso desissāmi anavassutapariyāyaṃ ca ||
taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || ||
11 Katham āvuso avassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti


[page 185]
XXXV. 202. 14] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 185
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati apiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasati viharati parittacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttim paññavimuttiṃ yathā bhuttaṃ nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti ||
12 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso bhikkhu avassuto cakkhuviññeyesu rūpesu || gha || avassuto jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu ||
pa || avassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || || Evaṃ vihāriṃ cāvuso bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaṇam || la || Jivhāto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāraṃ labhati {Māro} ārammaṇaṃ || la ||
Maṇato ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || ||
13 Seyyathāpi āvuso naḷāgāraṃ vā tiṇāgāraṃ vā sukkham kolāpaṃ terovassikam || puratthimāya ce pi naṃ disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ ||
pacchimāya ce pi disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya || la || uttarāya ce pi naṃ disāya || dakkhiṇāya ce pi naṃ disāya || heṭṭhimato ce pi naṃ || uparimato ce pi naṃ || yato kutoci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaṃ vihāriṃ bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || la || Jivhāto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati || Manato ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāraṃ labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || ||
14 Evaṃ vihāriṃ cāvuso bhikkhuṃ rūpā adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi || saddā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu sadde adhibhosi


[page 186]
186 SAḶĀYATANA-SAMYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || gandhā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu gandhe adhibhosi || rasā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu rase adhibhosi || phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu phoṭṭhabbe adhibhosi || dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu dhamme adhibhosi || ||
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto saddādhibhūto gandhādhibhūto rasādhibhūto phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto dhammādhibhūto adhibhūto anadhibhū || adhibhaṃsu naṃ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatijarāmaraṇiyā || ||
Evam kho āvuso avassuto hoti || ||
15 Kathaṃ cāvuso anavassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati apiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya pīyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati apīyarūpe dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || la ||
anavassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || Evaṃ vihāriṃ cāvuso bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāraṃ na labhati Māro ārammanaṃ ||
pa || Jivhāto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati || la || Manato ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāram na labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || ||
16 Seyyathāpi āvuso kuṭāgāraṃ vā kuṭāgārasālā vā bahalamattikā addāvalepanā


[page 187]
XXXV. 202. 19] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 187
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || puratthimāya ce pi naṃ disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya neva labhetha aggi otāraṃ na labhetha aggi ārammaṇam || la ||
pacchimāya ce pi naṃ || uttarāya ce pi naṃ || dakkhiṇāya ce pi naṃ || heṭṭhimato ce pi naṃ || uparimato ce pi nam ||
yato kuto ci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya neva labhetha aggi otāram na labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaṃviharim bhikkhum cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāraṃ na labhati Māro ārammaṇam || pe || manato ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāraṃ na labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ ||
17 Evaṃ vihārī cāvuso bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi na rūpā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || sadde bhikkhu adhibhosi na saddā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || gandhe bhikkhu adhibhosi na gandho bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || rase bhikkhu adhibhosi na rasā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || phoṭṭhabbe bhikkhu adhibhosi na phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || dhamme bhikkhu adhibhosi na dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || ||
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rupādhibhū saddādhibhū gandhādhibhū rasādhibhū phoṭṭhabbādhibhū dhammādhibhū adhibhū anadhibhūto || adhibhosi te pāpake akusale dhamme saṅkilesike ponobhavike sadare dukkhavipāke āyatijātijarāmaraṇiye || ||
Evam kho āvuso anavassuto hotīti || ||
18 Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantam MahāMoggalānam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Moggalāna sādhu kho tvam Moggalāna bhikkhūnaṃ avassutapariyāyañca anavassutapariyāyañca abhāsīti || ||
19 Idam avocāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno || samanuñño satthā ahosi


[page 188]
188 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa bhāsitam abhinandiṃsu || ||

 SN_4,35(1).203 (7) Dukkhadhammā
3 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaññeva dukkhadhammānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañ ca yathābhūtam pajānāti || tathā kho panassa kāmā diṭṭhā honti yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || || Tathā kho panassa cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || ||
4 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaṃ yeva dukkhadhammānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti saññā || Iti saṅkhārā ||
Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaṃ yeva dukkhadhammānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
5 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāmā diṭṭhā honti ||
yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārānam vītaccikānam vītadhūmānaṃ || atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikulo || tam enaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā tam aṅgārakāsum upakaḍḍheyyuṃ || so iticiticeva kāyaṃ sannāmeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || Ñātañhi bhikkhave tassa purisassa hoti


[page 189]
XXXV. 203. 9] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Imaṃ khvāham aṅgārakāsum papatissāmi || tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā gacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā diṭṭhā honti yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso bahukaṇṭakaṃ dāyam paviseyya || tassa purato pi kaṇṭako pacchato pi kaṇṭako uttarato pi kaṇṭako dakkhiṇato pi kaṇṭako heṭṭhato pi kaṇṭako uparito pi kaṇṭako || so yato ca abhikkameyya yato ca paṭikkameyya Mā maṃ kaṇṭako ti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaṃ loke pīyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye kaṇṭako ti || ||
7 Iti viditvā saṃvaro ca asaṃvaro ca veditabbo || ||
8 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati || apiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
9 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññavimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti


[page 190]
190 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pa || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati apiyarūpe dhamme na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññavimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
10 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evam carato evaṃ viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo || atha kho naṃ khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso divasaṃ santatte ayokaṭāhe dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya || dandho bhikkhave udakaphusitānaṃ nipāto || atha kho nam khippam eva parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṃ viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo ||
atha kho naṃ khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānussavanti || tañce bhikkhave bhikkhum evaṃ carantam evaṃ viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ Ehi bho puriso kiṃ te kāsāvā anudahanti || kiṃ muṇḍo kapālam anucarasi || ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassa puññāni ca karohīti || So vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ caranto evaṃ viharanto sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattisatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||


[page 191]
XXXV. 204. 2] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 191
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnaponā pācīnapabbhārā || atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya Imaṃ Gaṅgānadim pacchāninnam karissāma pacchāpoṇam pacchāpabbhāranti || || Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave api nu kho so mahājanakāyo Gaṅgā nadim pacchāninnaṃ kareyya pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāranti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Gaṅgā nadī bhante pācimaninnā pācīnaponā pācīnapabbhārā sā na sukarā pacchāninnaṃ kātum pacchāpoṇam pacchāpabbhāraṃ || yāvad eva ca pana so mahājanakāyo kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tañce bhikkhum evaṃ carantam evaṃ viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ || Ehambho purisa kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti kiṃ nu muṇḍo kapālam anucarasi ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti || so vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ caranto evaṃ viharanto sikkham pacchakkhāya hināyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi tam bhikkhave cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ vivekaninnaṃ vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ tathā hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).204 (8) Kiṃsukā
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti


[page 192]
192 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
3 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu catunnam mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || la || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho- -hotīti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodhadhamman ti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyākaraṇena yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaṃ ||
Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || ||
Yato kho āvuso channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Atha khvāham bhante asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami


[page 193]
XXXV. 204. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 193
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaṃ || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ || pe || catunnam mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || pe || yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabban taṃ nirodhadhamman ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Atha khvāham bhante asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyākaraṇena yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ || kittāvatā nu kho bhante bhikkhuno suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu purisassa kiṃsuko adiṭṭhapubbo assa || so yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya Kālako kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko seyyathāpi jhāmakhāṇūti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭṭho tassa purisassa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || || So evaṃ vadeyya Lohitako kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko seyyathāpi maṃsapesīti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭṭho tassa purisassa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya Odīrakajāto kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko ādiṇṇasipātiko seyyathāpi sirīso ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭṭho tassa purisassa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya


[page 194]
194 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya Bahalapattapalāso kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko sandacchāyo seyyathāpi nigrodho ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhu yathā yathā adhimuttānaṃ tesaṃ sappurisānaṃ dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ tathā tathā kho tehi sappurisehi vyākataṃ || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu rañño paccantimaṃ nagaram daḷhuddāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇam chadvāraṃ || tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivaretā ñātānam pavesetā || || Puratthimāya disāya āgantvā sīgham dūtayugaṃ taṃ dovārikam evaṃ vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmīti || so evaṃ vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinno ti || || Atha kho taṃ sīghaṃ dūtayugaṃ nagarasāmissa yathābhūtaṃ vacanaṃ niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam paṭipajjeyya || pacchimāya disāya āgantvā sīgham dūtayugaṃ || pe || uttarāya disāya āgantvā sīghaṃ dūtayugaṃ taṃ dovārikam evam vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmīti || so evaṃ vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siṅghātake nisinno ti || atha kho taṃ siṅghaṃ dūtayugaṃ nagarasāmissa yathābhūtaṃ vacanaṃ niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam paṭipajjeyya ||
9 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhu katā atthassa viññāpanāya ayañcevettha attho || || Nagaran ti kho bhikkhu imassetaṃ catumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ ||
mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsanadhammassa || ||
Chadvārā ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ || ||
Dovāriko ti kho bhikkhu satiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || ||


[page 195]
XXXV. 205. 4] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 195
Sīghaṃ dūtayugan ti kho bhikkhu samathavipassanānetam adhivacanam || ||
Nagarasāmīti kho bhikkhu viññāṇassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Majjhe siṅghātako ti kho bhikkhu catunnetam mahābhūtānam adhivacanaṃ || pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā || ||
Yathābhūtam vacanan ti kho bhikkhu nibbānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Yathāgatamaggo ti kho bhikkhu ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacanaṃ ||
Seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhiyā || pe || sammāsamādhissā ti || ||

 SN_4,35(1).205 (9) Vīṇā
3 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭigham vā pi cetaso tato cittaṃ nivāraye ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappurisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasīti tato cittaṃ nivāraye cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi || || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu || pe ||
manoviññeyyesu dhammesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭighaṃ vā pi cetaso tato cittaṃ nivāraye ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahaṇo ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappurisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasīti tato cittam nivāraye manoviññeyyehi dhammehi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ kitthārakkho ca pamatto || goṇo ca kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham otaritvā yāvadatthaṃ madam āpajjeyya


[page 196]
196 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 205. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano chasu phassāyatanesu asaṃvutākārī pañcasu kāmaguṇesu yāvadatthaṃ madam āpajjati || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ kiṭṭhārakkho ca apamatto || goṇo ca kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham otareyya tam enaṃ kiṭṭhārakkho nāsāya sugahitaṃ gaṇheyya ||
nāsāyaṃ suggahitaṃ gahetvā upari ghāṭāya suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya upari ghaṭāyam suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā daṇḍena sutāḷitam tāḷeyya || daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā ossajjeyya ||
Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave || pe ||
Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave goṇo kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham otareyya tam enaṃ kiṭṭhārakkho nāsāya suggahitaṃ gaṇheyya || nāsāyaṃ sugahitaṃ gahetvā upari ghaṭāya suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya || upari ghāṭāya suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷeyya || daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā ossajjeyya || || Evaṃ hi so bhikkhave goṇo kiṭṭhādo gāmagato vā araññagato vā ṭhānabahulo vā assa nisajjabahulo vā || na taṃ kiṭṭhaṃ puna otareyya || tam eva purimaṃ daṇḍasamphassam samanussaranto || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yato kho bhikkhuno chasu phassāyatanesu cittam ujujātaṃ hoti saṃmujujātam ajjhattam eva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodihoti samādhiyati || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa || so viṇāya saddaṃ suṇeyya || so evaṃ vadeyya || || Ambho kissa nu kho eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo evaṃ kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti


[page 197]
XXXV. 205. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || || Eso kho bhante vīṇā nāma yassā eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo evaṃ kamaniyo evaṃ madaniyo evaṃ mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti || so evaṃ vadeyya || || Gacchatha me bho tam vīṇam āharathāti || ||
tassa taṃ vīṇam āhareyyuṃ || tam enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ||
Ayaṃ kho sā bhante viṇā yassā eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo evaṃ kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyoti || so evam vadeyya Alam me bho tāya vīṇāya taṃ eva me saddam āharathāti || || Tam enaṃ vadeyyuṃ Ayaṃ kho bhante vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati || seyyathidaṃ doṇiñca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca daṇḍañca paṭicca upaveṇañ ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca koṇañ ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmam paṭicca evāyam bhante vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadatīti || so taṃ vīṇaṃ dasadhā vā satadhā vā phāleyya || dasadhā vā satadhā tam phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya ||
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahitvā masiṃ kareyya || masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya || so evam vadeyya || asakkirāyam bho vīṇā nāma yatheva yaṃ kiñci vīṇā nāma ettha ca mahājano ativelam pamatto palaḷito ti || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpam samanesati yāvatā rūpassa gati || vedanaṃ samanesati || pe || saññaṃ ||
saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ samanesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati ||
tassa rūpaṃ samanesato || pe || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam samanesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati || yam pissa taṃ hoti Ahan ti vā Mamanti vā Asmīti vā tam pi tassa na hotīti


[page 198]
198 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

 SN_4,35(1).206 (10) Chapāṇa
3 Seyyathāpī bhikkhave puriso arugatto pakkagatto saravanam paviseyya || tassa kusakaṇṭakā ceva pāde vijjheyyuṃ arūpakkāni gattāni vilikkheyyuṃ || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānam dukkhadomanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyetha} || Evaṃ eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā araññagato vā labhati vattāram ayañ ca kho āyasmā evaṃkārī evaṃsamācāro asucigāmakaṇṭako ti || taṃkaṇṭako ti viditvā saṃvaro ca asaṃvaro ca veditabbo || ||
4 Kathañ ca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati || appiyarūpe rūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjatī anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati parittacetaso tañ ca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāṇake gahetvā nānāvisaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || ahiṃ gahetvā daḷhaya rajjuyā bandheyya || suṃsumāraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || pakkhiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || kukkuraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya


[page 199]
XXXV. 206. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 199
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sigālam gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
makkaṭam gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || || Daḷhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā majjhe gaṇṭhiṃ karitvā ossajjeyya || ||
Atha kho te bhikkhave chappāṇakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaṃ sakaṃ gocaravisayam āviñcheyyuṃ || ahi āviñcheyya vammikaṃ pavekkhāmī ti || suṃsumāro āviñcheyya udakaṃ pavekkhāmīti || pakkhī āviñcheyya ākāsaṃ ḍessāmīti ||
kukkuro āviñcheyya gāmaṃ pavekkhāmīti || sigālo āviñcheyya sīvathikaṃ pavekkhāmīti || makkaṭo āviñcheyya vanam pavekkhāmīti || || Yadā kho te bhikkhave chappāṇakājhattā assu kilantā || atha kho yo nesam pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa || tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ anuvidhīyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati abhāvitā abahulikatā || taṃ cakkhu āviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu amanāpiyā rūpā paṭikkulā honti || pa || mano āviñchati manāpiyesu dhammesu amanāpiyā dhammā patikkulā honti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati || appiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
yathassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyarūpe dhamme na vyāpajjati


[page 200]
200 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamaṇacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttim yathābhūtam pajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāṇake gahetvā nānāvisaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
ahiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || suṃsumāraṃ gahetvā || pakkhiṃ gahetvā || kukkuraṃ gahetvā sigālaṃ gahetvā || makkaṭaṃ gahetvā || daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || daḷhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā upanibandheyya || atha kho te bhikkhave chappāṇakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaṃ sakaṃ gocaravisayam āviñcheyyuṃ || ahi āviñcheyya vammikaṃ pavekkhāmīti || suṃsumāro āviñcheyya udakam pavekkhāmīti || pakkhī āviñcheyya ākāsaṃ ḍessāmīti || kukkuro aviñcheyya gāmam pavekkhāmīti || sigālo āviñcheyya sīvathikaṃ pavekkhāmīti || makkato āviñcheyya vanaṃ pavekkhāmīti || yadā kho bhikkhave chappāṇakājhattā assu kilantā || atha taṃ eva khīle vā thambhe vā upatiṭṭheyyuṃ upanisīdeyyum upanipajjeyyuṃ || evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati bhāvitā bahulīkatā ||
taṃ cakkhuṃ nāviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu amanāpiyā rūpā na paṭikkulā honti || pa || jivhā nāviñchati || pe || mano nāviñchati manāpiyesu dhammesu amanapiyā dhammā na paṭikkulā honti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
8 Daḷhe khīle vā thambe vā ti kho bhikkhave kāyagatāya satiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || tasmāti ha vo bhikkhave etaṃ sikkhitabbam Kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || || Evaṃ hi kho bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || ||


[page 201]
XXXV. 207. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 201

 SN_4,35(1).207 (11) Yavakalāpi
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yavakalāpī catumahāpathe nikkhittā assa || atha cha purisā āgaccheyyuṃ vyābhaṅgihatthā te taṃ yavakalāpim chahi vyābhaṅgīhi haneyyuṃ || evaṃ hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpī suhatā assa chahi vyābhaṅgīhi haññamānā || || Atha sattamo puriso āgaccheyya vyābhaṅgihattho so taṃ yavakalāpiṃ sattamāya vyābhaṅgiyā haneyya || evaṃ hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpī suhatatarā assa sattamāya vyābhaṅgiyā haññamānā || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutāvā puthujjano cakkhusmiṃ haññati manāpāmanāpehi rūpehi || la || jivhāya haññati manāpāmanāpehi rasehi || manasmiṃ haññati manāpāmanāpehi dhammehi || sace so bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano āyatipunabbhavāya ceteti || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave moghapuriso suhatataro hoti || seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā yavakalāpī sattamāya vyābhaṅgiyā haññamānā || ||
5 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabbūḷho ahosi || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure āmantesi || sace mārisā devāsurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe asurā jineyyuṃ || devā parājineyyuṃ || yena taṃ Sakkaṃ devānam indam kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha asurapuranti || || Sakko pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi || ||
Sace mārisā devāsurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe devā jineyyuṃ asurā parājineyyuṃ || yena naṃ Vepacittim asurindaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha Sudhammaṃ devasabhanti || ||
6 Tasmiṃ kho pana saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu asurā parājiniṃsu


[page 202]
202 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 207. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā Vepacittim asurindaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakkassa devānam indassa santike ānesuṃ Sudhammaṃ devasabhaṃ || ||
7 Tatra sudam bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi baddho hoti || || Yadā ca kho bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaṃ hoti || Dhammikā kho devā adhammikā asurā idheva dānāham devapuraṃ gacchāmīti || atha kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi muttam attānaṃ samanupassati || dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti || || Yadā ca kho bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaṃ hoti Dhammikā kho asurā adhammikā devā tattheva dānāham asurapuraṃ gamissāmīti || atha kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi baddham attānaṃ samanupassati || dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi parihāyati || ||
8 Evaṃ sukhumaṃ kho bhikkhave Vepacittibandhanaṃ tato sukhumataraṃ Mārabandhanaṃ || maññamāno kho bhikkhave baddho Mārassa amaññamāno mutto pāpimato ||
Asmīti bhikkhave maññitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti maññitam etaṃ Bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ Na bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ || Rūpī bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ Arūpī bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ Saññī bhavissan ti Asaññī bhavissan ti maññitam etam Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ || maññitam bhikkhave rāgo maññitaṃ gaṇḍo maññitam sallaṃ || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave amaññitamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhikkhave iñjitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti iñjitam etam Bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Na bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ || Rūpī bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Arūpī bhavissan ti iñjitam etam Saññī bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Asaññī bhavissanti iñjitam etaṃ Nevasaññināsaññī bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ || iñjitam bhikkhave rāgo iñjitaṃ gaṇḍo iñjitaṃ sallaṃ


[page 203]
XXXV. 207. 12] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 203
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave aniñjamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
10 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhikkhave phanditam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti phanditam etaṃ Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Rūpī bhavissan ti ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti || Saññī bhavissan ti || Asaññī bhavissan ti ||
Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissan ti phanditam etaṃ || phanditam bhikkhave rāgo phanditaṃ gaṇḍo phanditam sallaṃ || ||
Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave aphandamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
11 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhikkhave papañcitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti papañcitam etam || Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Rūpī bhavissan ti ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti || Saññī bhavissan ti || Asaññī bhavissan ti || || Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissan ti papañcitam etaṃ || ||
Papañcitam bhikkhave rāgo papañcitaṃ gaṇḍo papañcitaṃ sallaṃ || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave nappapañcena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
12 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhikkhave mānagatam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti mānagatam etaṃ || Bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ Na bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || Rūpī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || Saññī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || Asaññī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || ||
Nevasaññīnā saññī {bhavissan} ti mānagatam etaṃ || ||
Mānagatam bhikkhave rāgo mānagataṃ gaṇḍo mānagataṃ sallaṃ || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave nihatamānena cetasā viharissāmā ti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || ||
Āsīvisavaggo pañcamo6
Tassuddānaṃ7 || ||


[page 204]
204 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 1. 3
Āsīviso Ratho Kummo || dve Dārukkhandhā Avassuto ||
Dukkhadhammā Kiṃsukā Vīṇā || Chapāṇā Yavakalapī
ti ||
Catutthapāṇṇāsake vagguddānaṃ ||
Nandikkhayā Saṭṭhinayā ||
Samuddo Uragena ca Catupaṇṇāsakā ete ||
Nipātesu pakāsitā ti || ||

 BOOK II VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM

CHAPTER I PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO

 SN_4,36(2).1 (1) Samādhi
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
4 Samāhito sampajāno || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
Vedanā capajānāti || vedanānañca sambhavaṃ || ||
Yattha cetā nirujjhanti || maggañca khayagāminam ||
Vedanānaṃ khayā bhikkhu || nicchāto parinibbuto ti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).2 (2) Sukhāya
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||


[page 205]
XXXVI. 3. 6] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 205
4 Sukhaṃ vā yadi vā dukkhaṃ || adukkhamasukhaṃ saha ||
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca || Yaṃ kiñci atthi veditaṃ || ||
Etaṃ dukkhan ti ñatvāna || mosadhammam palokinaṃ ||
Phussaphussavayam passaṃ || evaṃ tattha virajjatīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).3 (3) Pahānena
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
4 Sukhāya bhikkhave vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo ||
dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo || adukkham asukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo || ||
5 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahīno hoti || dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahīno hoti || adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahīno hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhuno pahīnarāgānusayo sammaddaso acchejji taṇhaṃ || vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ || sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti ||
6 Sukhaṃ vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato ||
So rāgānusayo hoti || anissaraṇadassino || ||
Dukkhaṃ vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato ||
Patighānusayo hoti || anissaraṇadassino || ||
Adukkhamasukhaṃ santam || bhūripaññena desitaṃ ||
Taṃ cāpi abhinandati || neva dukkhā pamuccati || ||


[page 206]
206 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 4. 3
Yato ca kho bhikkhu ātāpī || sampajaññaṃ na riñcati ||
Tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paṇḍito || ||
So vedanā pariññāya || diṭṭhe dhamme anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhaṃ nopeti vedagū ti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).4 (4) Pātāla
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano yaṃ vācam bhāsati Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || taṃ kho panetam bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano asantam asaṃvijjamānam evaṃ vācam bhāsati Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || ||
4 Sārīrikānaṃ kho etam bhikkhave dukkhānaṃ vedanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ yad idam pātāloti || ||
5 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷī kandati sammoham āpajjati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano pātāle na paccuṭṭhāsi gādhañca najjhagā ||
6 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷīkandati na sammoham āpajjati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako pātāle paccuṭṭhāsi gādhañca ajjhagāti || ||
Yo etā nādhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā ||
Sārīrikā pāṇaharā || yāhi puṭṭho pavedhati ||
Akkandati parodati || dubbalo appathāmako ||
Na so pātāle paccuṭṭhāsi atho gādham pi najjhagā || ||


[page 207]
XXXVI. 6. 4] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 207
Yo ce tā adhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā ||
Sārīrikā pāṇaharā || yāhi puṭṭho na vedhati ||
Sa ce pātāle paccuṭṭhāsi atho gādham pi ajjhagāti ||

 SN_4,36(2).5 Daṭṭhabbena
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukā vedanā || || Sukhā bhikkhave vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā || dukkhā vedanā sallato daṭṭhabbā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā || ||
4 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diṭṭhā honti || dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭha hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sammaddaso acchejji taṇham vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ sammamānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassā ti || ||
Yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda || dukkham adakkhi sallato ||
adukkhamasukhaṃ santaṃ || adakkhi nam aniccato || ||
Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu || parijānāti vedanā ||
So vedanā pariññāya || diṭṭhadhamme anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhaṃ nupeti vedagūti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).6 (6) Sallattena
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sukham pi vedanaṃ vediyati dukkham pi vedanaṃ vediyati adukkhamasukham pi vedanaṃ vediyati || ||
4 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako sukham pi vedanaṃ vediyati dukkham pi vedanaṃ vediyati adukkhamasukham pi vedanaṃ vediyati


[page 208]
208 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso kim nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenāti || ||
6 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || la ||
7 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya puṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattālīkandati sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyikañ ca cetasikañ ca || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaṃ sallena || vijjheyyuṃ ||
tam enam dutiyena sallena vijjheyyuṃ || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave puriso dve salle vedanā vediyati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya puṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāliṃ kandati sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyikañca cetasikañca || tassāyeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya puṭṭho samāno paṭighavā hoti || tam enam dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighavantaṃ yo dukkhāya vedanāya patighānusayo so anuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno kāmasukham abhinandati || taṃ kissa hetu || na hi bhikkhave pajānāti assutavā puthujjano aññatra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || tassa kāmasukham abhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so anuseti ||
so tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti ||
tassa tāsam vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam appajānato yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so anuseti || || So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ vediyati || dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ vediyati || adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ vediyati


[page 209]
XXXVI. 6 10.] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 209
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano saññutto jātiyā maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi saññutto dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
9 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako dukkhāya vedanāya puṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattālīkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati kāyikaṃ || na cetasikaṃ || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaṃ sallena vijjheyyuṃ ||
na tam enaṃ dutiyena sallena anuvijjheyyuṃ || || Evaṃ hi so bhikkhave puriso ekasallena vedanaṃ vediyati || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷīkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati kāyikaṃ na cetasikaṃ || tassā yeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighavā na hoti || tam enam dukkhāya vedanāya apaṭighavantaṃ yo dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighanusayo so nānuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno kāmasukhaṃ nābhinandati ||
taṃ kissa hetu || pajānāti bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako aññatra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || tassa kāmasukhaṃ nābhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so nānuseti || || So tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || tassa tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānato yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so nānuseti || || So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || dukkham ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati


[page 210]
210 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanam vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako visaññuto jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi visaññutto dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā ti || ||
12 Na vedanaṃ vediyati sapañño sukham pi dukkham pi bahussuto pi ||
ayaṃ ca dhīrassa puthujjanena ||
mahā viseso kusalassa hoti || ||
Saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassa ||
sampassato lokam imam pārañca ||
iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaṃ ||
aniṭṭhato no paṭighātam eti || ||
Tassānurodhā athavā virodhā ||
vidhūpitā atthagatā na santi ||
padaṃ ca ñatvā virajam asokaṃ ||
sammā pajānāti bhavassa pāragūti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).7 (7) Gelañña1
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya


[page 211]
XXXVI. 7. 6] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 211
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanī || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaṃ ||
vedanāsu || pe || citte dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti || ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti || sammiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti || saṅghāti-pattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti || asite pite khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti || uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti || gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || ||
5 Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya ayaṃ kho amhākam anusāsanī || ||
6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || Uppannā kho me ayaṃ sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no apaṭicca || kim paṭicca imaṃ eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkhatam paṭicca samuppannam kāyam paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || || So kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayānupassī viharati ||
virāgānupassī viharati || nirodhānupassī viharati || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || tassa kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato vayānupassino viharato virāgānupassino viharato nirodhānupassino viharato paṭinissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahīyati


[page 212]
212 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 7. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca || no apaṭicca ||
kim paṭicca imam eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || Aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkhataṃ paṭicca samuppannam kāyam paticca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || || So kaye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati ||
vayānupassī viharati || virāgānupassī viharati || nirodhānupassī viharati || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || la || paṭinissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭighānusayo so pahīyati || ||
8 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no appaṭicca kim paṭicca imam eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno ||
aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkhataṃ paṭicca samuppannaṃ kāyam paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || || So kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayānupassī || pe || virāgānupassī || nirodhānupassī || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati ||
tassa kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya ca aniccānupassino viharato || la || paṭinissaggānupassino viharato yo kaye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo so pahīyati || ||


[page 213]
XXXVI. 8. 3] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 213
9 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti ||
Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ ce vedanam vediyati || pe || || Adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanam vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti || Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
10 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || ||
11 So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca telapadīpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaṭṭiyā ca pariyādānā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).8 (8) Gelañña25
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ-
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti-


[page 214]
214 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 8. 4
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti-
5 Sato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya-
6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti Uppannā kho myāyaṃ sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no appaṭicca kim imam eva phassam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana phasso anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkhataṃ paṭicca samuppannam phassam paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || so phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā ||
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || tassa phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā || paṭinissaggānupassino viharato yo phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahīyati || ||
7-11 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa || la ||
viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || la || uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || so evam pajānati Uppannā kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no apaṭicca kim paṭicca imam eva phassam paṭicca || Yathā purimasutte vitthāro tathā vitthāretabbe || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telam paṭicca vaṭṭim paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya- || || -sītībhavissantīti pajānātīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).9 (9) Anicca
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭicca samuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti || ||


[page 215]
XXXVI. 10. 9] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 215

 SN_4,36(2).10 (10) Phassamūlaka
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā phassajā phassamūlakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Sukhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paṭicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā vūpasammati || ||
6 Dukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā vūpasammati || ||
7 Adukkhamasukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjam vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā sa nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṭṭanasamodhānā usmā jāyati tejo abhinibbattati || tesaṃ yeva kaṭṭhānam nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave imā tisso vedanā phassajā phassamūlakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā tajjam phassam paṭicca tajjā tajjā vedanā uppajjanti || tajjassa tajjassa phassassa nirodhā tajjā tajjā vedanā nirujjhantīti || ||


[page 216]
216 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 11. 2
Vedanāsaṃyuttassa pathamakasagāthāvaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Samādhi Sukhāya Pahānena ||
Pātālaṃ Daṭṭhabbena ||
Sallatthena ca Gelaññām ||
Anicca Phassamūlakā ti || ||

CHAPTER II RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO

 SN_4,36(2).11 (1) Rahogataka
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || || Vuttaṃ kho panetam Bhagavatā Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasmin ti || kiṃ nu kho etam Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasminti || ||
4 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā vuttā mayā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā tisso vedanā vuttā mayā || || Vuttaṃ kho panetam bhikkhu mayā Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasmin ti || taṃ kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhārānaṃ yeva aniccataṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasmin ti || taṃ kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhārānaṃ yeva khayadhammataṃ vayadhammataṃ virāgadhammataṃ nirodhadhammataṃ vipariṇāmadhammataṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedāyitaṃ taṃ dukkhasmin ti


[page 217]
XXXVI. 11. 7] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 217
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhu mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho akkhāto || pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti || tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti niruddhā hoti || catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā niruddhā honti || || Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti || viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti ||
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti || nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti || || Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhu mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto || pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā vūpasantā hoti || dutiyam jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā vūpasantā honti || la || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā cā vūpasantā honti || || Khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto ||
moho vūpasanto hoti || ||
7 Cha yimā bhikkhu passaddhiyo || pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paṭippassaddhā honti || tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti paṭippassaddhā hoti || catutthaṃ jhānam samāpannassa assāsapassāsā paṭippassaddhā honti


[page 218]
218 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 12. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa sañña ca vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā honti || || Khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hoti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).12 (2) Ākāsam1
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti ||
puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pacchimā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uttarā pi vātā vāyanti || dakkhiṇā pi vātā vāyantā || sarajā pi vātā vāyanti || arajā pi vātā vāyanti || sītā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uṇhā pi vātā vāyanti || parittā pi vātā vāyanti || adhimattāpi vātā vāyanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjantīti Yathāpi vātā akāse || vāyanti vividhā puthu || puratthimā pacchimā cāpi || uttarā atha dakkhiṇā ||1 ||
Sarajā arajāvāpi || sītā uṇhā ca ekadā ||
adhimattā parittā ca || puthu vāyanti mālutā || ||
tathevimasmim pi kāyasmiṃ || samuppajjati vedanā ||
sukhadukkhasamuppatti || adukkhamasukkhā ca yā || ||
Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpi || sampajaño nirūpadhi ||
tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paṇḍito || ||
So vedanā pariññāya diṭṭhe dhamme anāsavo ||
kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhyaṃ nopeti vedagūti || ||


[page 219]
XXXVI. 15. 3] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 219

 SN_4,36(2).13 (3) Ākāsam2
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pe || adhimattā pi vātā vāyanti || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ vividhā veda nā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjantīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).14 (4) Āgāram
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave āgantukāgāram || || Tattha puratthimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || pacchimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || uttarāya pi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || dakkhiṇāya pi disāya vāsaṃ kappenti || ||
Khattiyā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || brāhmaṇā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || vessā pi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || suddā pi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || ||
4 Sāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjati || nirāmisā pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā uppajjantīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).15 (5) Santakam1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminīpaṭipadā


[page 220]
220 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 15. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tisso imā Ānanda vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā vuccanti Ānanda vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaṃ vedanaṃ paticca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayam vedanāya assādo || ||
Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo || || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānam idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānaṃ nirodho akkhāto || || Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti || pe || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārānam vūpasamo akkhāto || || Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā vūpasantā hoti || pe || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca vūpasantā honti || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto ||
moho vūpasanto hoti || ||
7 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ passaddhi akkhātā || || Pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || la || ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || saññāvedayitānirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā || honti || ||


[page 221]
XXXVI. 17. 3] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 221
Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hotīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).16 (6) Santakam2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho vedanā || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā ||
ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādinavo || kim nissaraṇan ti ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavannettikā Bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || sādhu bhante Bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
Tena hi Ānanda suṇohi sādhukam manasi karohi bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Ānando paccassosi || ||
5-8 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tisso imā Ānanda vedanā ||
sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||
imā vuccanti Ānanda vedanā || la || phassasamudayo || la ||
khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hotīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).17 (7) Aṭṭhaka1
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā || katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā nirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||

[page 222]
222 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 17. 4
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ vedanāya assādo || Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānam nirodho akkhāto || ||
Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti ||
pe || || Khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto || pathamajhānaṃ samāpannassa vācā vūpasantā hoti || la || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto hoti || moho vūpasanto hoti || ||
7 Chayimā bhikkhave passaddhiyo || || Pathamaṃjhānaṃ samāpannassa vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paṭippassaddhā honti || tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti paṭippassaddhā hoti ||
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā patippassaddhā honti || || Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā honti || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hoti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).18 (8) Aṭṭhaka2
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe || ||


[page 223]
XXXVI. 19. 5] RAHOGATAVAGGO TATIYO 223
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhikkhave vedanā || Katamo vedanāsamudayo || Katamo vedanānirodho || Katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || Ko vedanāya assādo ||
Ko ādinavo || Kiṃ nissaraṇanti ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || ||
5-8 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || ||
Yathā purimasuttante tathā vitthāretabbo || ||

 SN_4,36(2).19 (9) Pañcakaṅgo
2 Atha kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante Udāyi vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tisso kho thapati vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho thapati vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyī tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmim esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
5 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgam thapatim etad avoca || Na kho thapati dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Dutiyam pi kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca


[page 224]
224 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiṃ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
6 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgaṃ thapatim etad avoca || Na kho thapati dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Tatiyam pi kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiṃ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Neva kho asakkhi āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgaṃ thapatim saññāpetuṃ || na panāsakkhi Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyiṃ saññāpetuṃ || ||
7 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Udāyissa Pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhim imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ || ||
8 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako āyasmato Udāyissa Pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo tam pi sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
9 Santam eva kho Ānanda pariyāyaṃ Pañcakaṅgo thapati Udāyissa bhikkhuno nābbhanumodi || santaṃ ca panānanda pariyāyam Udāyī bhikkhu Pañcakaṅgassa thapatino nābbhanumodi || || Dve pi mayā Ānanda vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
pañca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiṃsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||


[page 225]
XXXVI. 19. 12] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 225
aṭṭhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || Evam pariyāyadesito Ānanda mayā dhammo || ||
10 Evam pariyāyadesite kho Ānanda mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ na samanumaññissanti na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkham bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññam mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam pariyāyadesito mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho Ānanda mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ samanumaññissanti samanujānissanti samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkhaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññam piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharissanti || ||
11 Pañcime Ānanda kāmaguṇā || Katamā pañca || ||
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā pīyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīya || la || Kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho Ānanda pañcakāmaguṇā || || Yaṃ kho Ānanda ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || idam vuccati kāmasukhaṃ || ||
12 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentī} ti || idaṃ nesāham nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantatarañca paṇītatarañca ||
kataṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || ||


[page 226]
226 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 13
13 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca ||
katamañcānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca panītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukham dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || ||
14 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentī} ti || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca ||
katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaṃ ca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti} || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññam sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca ||
15 Ye kho Ānanda evam vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukham somanassam {paṭisaṃvedetīti} || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataram ca paṇītataraṃ ca || katamañ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataran ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upekhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idam Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || ||
16 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi


[page 227]
XXXVI. 19. 19] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 227
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññam sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānam atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikarā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsānañcāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || ||
17 Ye ca kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etaṃ paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katamañ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukhaṃ || pe || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anattam viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā ||
pe || ||
18 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramam sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesāham nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukhaṃ || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca || ||
19 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇitataraṃ ca


[page 228]
228 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
20 Ye ca kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesāhaṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañ ca || ||
Katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodham upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇitataraṃ ca || ||
21 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam Ānanda vijjati yam aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Saññāvedayitanirodham Samaṇo Gotamo āha || taṃ ca sukhasmim paññāpeti tayidam kiṃsu tayidam kathaṃsūti || || Evaṃ vādino Ānanda aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanīyā ||
Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukhaññeva vedanaṃ sandhāya sukhasmim paññāpeti || yattha yatthāvuso sukham upalabbhati || yaṃhi yaṃhi sukhaṃ taṃ taṃ tathāgato sukhasmim paññāpetīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).20 (10) Bhikkhunā
3 Dve pi mayā bhikkhave vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pañca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭhārasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiṃsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ na samanumaññissanti na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkham bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññam mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissanti


[page 229]
XXXVI. 20. 15] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 229
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ samanumaññissanti samanujānissanti samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkhaṃ samaggā samodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññam pīyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharissanti || ||
5-14 Pañcime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || la ||
15 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam bhikkhave vijjati yam aññātitthiyā paribbājakā evam vadeyyuṃ || Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ Samaṇo Gotamo āha || taṃ ca sukhasmim paññāpeti ||
tayidaṃ kiṃsu tayidaṃ kathaṃsūti || || Evaṃ vādino bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanīyā || Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukhaññeva vedanaṃ sandhāya sukhasmim paññāpeti || Yattha yattha āvuso sukham upalabbhati || yamhi yamhi taṃ taṃ tathāgato sukhasmim paññāpetīti || ||
Rahogatavaggo dutiyo ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Rahogataṃ dve Ākāsaṃ ||
Agāraṃ dve ca Santakam ||
Aṭṭhakena ca dve vuttā ||
Pañcakaṅgo ca Bhikkhunā ti || ||


[page 230]
230 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 21. 1

CHAPTER III AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,36(2).21 (1) Sīvako
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Moliya-Sīvako paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Moliya-Sīvako paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Santi bho Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino || Yam kiñcāyam purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || sabbantam pubbe katahetūti || ||
Idha pana bhavaṃ Gotamo kim āhāti || ||
4 Pittasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka veditabbaṃ yathā pittasamuṭṭhānāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || lokassa pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka saccasammataṃ yathā pittasamutthānāni pi idhekaccāhi vedayitāni uppajjanti Tatra Sīvaka ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino Yaṃ kiñcāyam purisapuggalo {paṭisaṃvedeti} sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbantaṃ tam pubbe katahetūti || yaṃ ca sāmaṃ ñātaṃ taṃ ca atidhāvanti || yaṃ ca loke saccasammataṃ taṃ ca atidhāvanti || || Tasmā tesam samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ micchāti vadāmi || ||
5 Semhasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka || pe || ||
6 Vātasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
7 Sannipātikāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
8 Utupariṇāmajāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
9 Visamaparihārajāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
10 Opakkamikāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||


[page 231]
XXXVI. 22. 4] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 231
11 Kammavipākajāni pi kho Sīvaka idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etam Sīvaka veditabbaṃ yathā kammavipākajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || lokassa pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka saccasammataṃ yathākammavipakajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || ||
Tatra Sīvaka ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino Yaṃ kiñcāyam purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || sabban tam pubbe katahetū ti || Yaṃ ca sāmaṃ ñātaṃ taṃ ca atidhāvanti yaṃ ca loke saccasammattaṃ taṃ ca atidhāvanti ||
tasmā tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānam micchāti vadāmīti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte Moliya-Sīvako paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama --pe-- upāsakam mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
13 Pittaṃ semhaṃ ca vāto ca ||
sannipātā utūni ca ||
visamaṃ opakkamikam ||
kammavipākena aṭṭhamī ti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).22 (2) Aṭṭhasata
2 Aṭṭhasatapariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyam desissāmi tam suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave aṭṭhasatapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || || Dve pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pañca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
aṭṭharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiṃsa pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave dve vedanā || Kāyikā ca cetasikā ca || imā vuccanti bhikkhave dve vedanā || ||


[page 232]
232 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 22. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave tisso vedanā || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave tisso vedanā || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave pañcavedanā || || Sukhindriyaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ domanassindriyam upekkhindriyaṃ imā vuccanti bhikkhave pañcavedanā || ||
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave cha vedanā || cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || pa || manosamphassajā vedanā || imā vuccanti cha vedanā || ||
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave aṭṭhārasā vedanā || cha somanassupavicārā cha domanassupavicārā cha upekkhupavicārā ||
ima vuccanti bhikkhave aṭṭhārasā vedanā || ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave chattiṃsa vedanā || cha gehasitāni somanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni cha gehasitāni domanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni cha gehasitā upekkhā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhā ||
imā vuccanti bhikkhave chattiṃsa vedanā || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave aṭṭhasatavedanā || || Atītā chattiṃsa vedanā || anāgatā chattiṃsavedanā || paccuppannā chattiṃsavedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave aṭṭhasatavedanā || ayam bhikkhave aṭṭhasatapariyāyo dhammapariyāyoti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).23 (3) Bhikkhu
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā ||
katamo vedanā-nirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||


[page 233]
XXXVI. 24. 7] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 233
4 Tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhu tisso vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taṇhā vedanāsamudayagaminī paṭipadā || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayaṃ vedanāya assādo || yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayam vedanāya ādīnavo || yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).24 (4) Pubbeñāṇam
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Katamā nu kho vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā || katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminī patipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Tisso imā vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti vedanā || Phassamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taṇhā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā || pe || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Imā vedanā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ñāṇam udapādi || paññā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādi || ||
5 Ayaṃ vedanāsamudayoti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||
6 Ayaṃ vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadāti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ||
la || ||
7 Ayaṃ vedanānirodho ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||


[page 234]
234 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 24. 8
8 Ayaṃ vedanānirodhagaminī paṭipadā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la ||
9 Ayaṃ vedanāya assādo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu || la || ||
10 Ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu || la || ||
11 Idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ñāṇam udapādi || paññā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).25 (5) Bhikkhunā
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā ||
katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taṇhā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā || phassanirodhā || pe || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).26 (6) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā1
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca assādaṃ ca ādīnavaṃ ca nissaraṇaṃ ca yathābhūtam nappajānanti || pe ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññāya sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||


[page 235]
XXXVI. 29. 4] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 235

 SN_4,36(2).27 (7) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā2
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā || dukkhā vedanā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi kecī bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti ||
pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).28 (8) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā3
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vedanaṃ nappajānanti vedanā samudayaṃ nappajānanti vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānanti vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānanti vedanānirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||

 SN_4,36(2).29 (9) Suddhikaṃ nirāmisam
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
3 Atthi bhikkhave sāmisā pīti atthi nirāmisā pīti || atthi nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || || Atthi sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ atthi nirāmisam sukhaṃ atthi nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ sukhaṃ || ||
Atthi sāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā niramisatarā upekhā || || Atthi sāmiso vimokkho atthi nirāmiso vimokkho atthi niramisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā pīti || || Pañcime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katame pañca || cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || pe || kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho bhikkhave pañcakāmaguṇā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati pīti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā pīti || ||


[page 236]
236 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 29. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā pīti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodhibhāvam avitakkam avicaraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā pīti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || ||
Yā kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati pīti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || ||
7 Katamañca bhikkhave sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || || Pañcime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katamā pañca || || Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || pe || kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho bhikkhave pañcakāmaguṇā || yaṃ kho bhikkhave ime pañcakāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ||
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || ||
8 Katamañ ca bhikkhave nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāram vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || pitiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati || || Idhaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || ||
9 Katamāñ ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ sukhaṃ || || Yaṃ kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ


[page 237]
XXXVI. 29. 15] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 237
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ sukhaṃ || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || || Pañcime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katame pañcā || || Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā ||
pi || kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajaniyā || ime kho bhikkhave pañcakāmaguṇā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pañcakāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati upekkhā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || ||
11 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā upekkhā || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upekkhā satiparisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā upekkhā || ||
12 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā upekkhā || || Yā kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati upekkhā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā upekkhā || ||
13-14 Katamo ca bhikkhave sāmiso vimokkho || || Rūpapaṭisaṃyutto vimokkho sāmiso || pe || || Arūpapaṭisaṃyutto vimokkho nirāmiso || ||
15 Katamo ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || || Yo kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato || pe || mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati vimokkho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro vimokkho ti || ||
Aṭṭhasatapariyāyavaggo tatiyo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||


[page 238]
238 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 1. 2
Sīvaka1 Aṭṭhasata1 Bhikkhu ||
Pubbeñāṇañca Bhikkhunā ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇā tīni ||
Suddhikañca nirāmisan ti || ||
Vedanāsaṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||

 BOOK III MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM

CHAPTER I PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO

 SN_4,37(3).1 (1) Manāpā amanāpā
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekanta-amanāpo hoti purisassa || katamehi pañcahi || ||
Na ca rūpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sīlavā hoti || alaso ca hoti || pajañcassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato mātugamo ekantaamanāpo hoti purisassa || ||
3 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti-purisassa || katamehi pañcahi || || Rūpavā ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || sīlavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti analaso || pajañcassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti purisassa || ||

 SN_4,37(3).2 (2) Manāpā amanāpā
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekantaamanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pañcahi || || Na ca rūpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sīlavā hoti || alaso ca hoti || pajañcassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-amanāpo hoti mātugāmassa


[page 239]
XXXVII. 8. 8] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO 239
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
3 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pañcahi || || Rūpavā ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || silavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti analaso || pajañcassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti mātugāmassāti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).3 (3) Āveṇikā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa āveṇikāni dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi ||
katamāni pañca || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo daharo va samāno patikulaṃ gacchati ñātakehi vinā hoti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa pathamam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ || yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
4 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo utunī hoti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa dutiyam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ yaṃ mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
5 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo gabbhinī hoti ||
idam bhikkhave mātugamassa tatiyam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ yam mātugamo paccānubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
6 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo vijāyāti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa catuttham āveṇikaṃ dukkhaṃ yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
7 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo purisassa pāricariyam upeti || idaṃ kho bhikkhave mātugāmassa pañcamam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehīti || ||
8 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa āveṇikāni dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehīti || ||


[page 240]
240 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 4. 2

 SN_4,37(3).4 (4) Tīhi
2 Tīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedhā param maraṇa apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi tīhi || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo pubbaṇhasamayam maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || || Majjhantikasamayam issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || || Sāyaṇhasamayaṃ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || ||
4 Imehi kho bhikkhave tīhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||
(ANURUDDHO I KAṆHAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjantaṃ || || Katīhi nu kho bhante dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).5 (1) Kodhano
4 Pañcahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti || ahiriko ca hoti || anottāpī ca hoti ||
kodhano ca hoti || duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjatīti


[page 241]
XXXVII. 8. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO 241
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

 SN_4,37(3).6 (2) Upanāhī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti upanāhī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).7 (3) Issukī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti issukī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).8 (4) Maccharena
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti maccharī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || ||


[page 242]
242 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 9.

 SN_4,37(3).9 (5) Aticārī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti aticārī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).10 (6) Dussīlam
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti dussīlo ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).11 (7) Appassuto
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti appassuto ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).12 (8) Kusīto
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti kusīto ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).13 (9) Muṭṭhassati
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||


[page 243]
XXXVII. 15. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO 243
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti muṭṭhassati ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).14 (10) Pañcaveram
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Pāṇātipātī ca hoti adinnādāyī ca hoti kāmesu micchācārī ca hoti musāvādī ca hoti surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

CHAPTER II PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO
(ANURUDDHO II SUKKAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena abhikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjantaṃ || || Katīhi nu kho bhante dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).15 (1) Akodhano
4 Pañcahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti akodhano ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjatī ti


[page 244]
244 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 16. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

 SN_4,37(3).16 (2) Anupanāhī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti anupanāhī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).17 (3) Anissukī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5-6 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti anissukī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

 SN_4,37(3).18 (4) Amaccharī
5-6 amaccharī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

 SN_4,37(3).19 (5) Anaticārī
5-6 anaticārī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

 SN_4,37(3).2O (6) Sīlavā
5-6 sīlavā ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

 SN_4,37(3).21 (7) Bahussuto
5-6 bahussuto ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

 SN_4,37(3).22 (8) Viriya
5-6 āraddhaviriyo ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||


[page 245]
XXXVII. 24. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO 245

 SN_4,37(3).23 (9) Sati
5 upaṭṭhitasati ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || ||
Ime aṭṭhasuttanta-saṅkhepā || ||

 SN_4,37(3).24 (10) Pañcasīla
5 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || || Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti || adinnādānā paṭivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato hoti || musāvādā paṭivirato hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjatī ti || ||
Peyyāla-vaggā dve || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Dve Manāpā- amanāpā ca || Aveṇikā Tīhi Anuruddho ||
Kodhano Upanāhī ca || Issukī Maccharena ca || ||
Aticārī ca Dussīlo || Appassuto ca Kusīto ||
Muṭṭhassati ca Pañcaveraṃ || kaṇhapakkhe pakāsito || ||
Anuruddho Akodhano || Anupanāhī Anissukī ||
Amaccharī Anaticārī || Sīlavā ca Bahussuto ||
Viriya-Sati-Pañcasīlā ca || sukkapakkhe pakāsito ti || ||


[page 246]
246 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 25. 2

CHAPTER III VAGGO TATIYO

 SN_4,37(3).25 (1) Visāradā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalaṃ bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).26 (2) Pasayhā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo sāmikam pasayha agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).27 (3) Abhibhūyya
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo sāmikam abhibhūyya vattati || ||

 SN_4,37(3).28 (4) Eka
2 Ekena ca kho bhikkhave balena samannāgato puriso mātugāmam abhibhūyya vattati || katamena ekena balena || ||
Issariyabalena || ||
3 Issariyabalena abhibhūtam bhikkhave mātugāmaṃ neva rūpabalaṃ tāyati na bhogabalaṃ tāyati na ñātibalaṃ tāyati na puttabalaṃ tāyati na sīlabalaṃ tāyatīti || ||


[page 247]
XXXVII. 30. 2] VAGGO TATIYO 247

 SN_4,37(3).29 (5) Aṅga
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || ||
3 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca bhogabalena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugamo rūpabalena ca samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca || evam so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
4 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca na ca ñātibalena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalena samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ñatibalena ca evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
5 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca || na ca puttabalena ||
evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalena ca samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ñātibalena ca puttabalena ca || evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
6 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhu mātugamo samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ñātibalena puttabalena ca || na ca sīlabalena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalena ca samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca puttabalena ca sīlabalena ||
evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
7 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānīti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).30 (6) Nāsenti
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalaṃ puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || ||


[page 248]
248 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 30. 3
3 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato na ca sīlabalena || nāsenteva naṃ kule na vāsenti || || Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca na ca sīlabalena || nāsenteva naṃ kule na vāsenti || || Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca na ca sīlabalena ||
nāsenteva naṃ kule na vāsenti || || Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca puttabalena ca na ca sīlabalena || nāsenteva naṃ kule na vāsenti || ||
4 Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca rūpabalena || vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || ||
Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca bhogabalena || vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || || Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca ñātibalena || vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || || Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca puttabalena ||
vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānīti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).31 (7) Hetu
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pañca || || Rūpabalaṃ bhogabalaṃ ñātibalaṃ puttabalaṃ sīlabalaṃ || ||
3 Na bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalahetu vā bhogabalahetu vā ñātibalahetu vā puttabalahetu vā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || ||
4 Sīlabalahetu kho bhikkhave mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānī ti || ||


[page 249]
XXXVII. 32. 4] VAGGO TATIYO 249

 SN_4,37(3).32 (8) Ṭhānam
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave ṭhānāni dullabhāni akatapuññena mātugāmena || katamāni pañca || ||
3 Patirūpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena || ||
Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gaccheyyan ti || idam bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭhānam dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulam gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvasantī puttavatī assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti ||
idam bhikkhave pañcamaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || ||
Imāni kho bhikkhave pañcaṭṭhānāni dullabhāni akatapuññena mātugāmena || ||
4 Pañcimañi bhikkhave ṭhānāni sulabhāni katapuññena mātugāmena || katamāni pañca || ||
Patirūpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaṃ ṭhānam sulabham katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gaccheyyan ti || idam bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭhānam sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaṃ ṭhanaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvasantī puttavatī assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhāvasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti


[page 250]
250 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 32. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || idam bhikkhave pañcamaṃ ṭhānam sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañcaṭṭhānāni sulabhāni katapuññena mātugāmenāti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).33 (9) Visārado
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
3 Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato ca hoti || adinnādānā paṭivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato ca hoti || musāvādā paṭivirato ca hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato ca hoti || ||
4 Imehi kho pana bhikkhave pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

 SN_4,37(3).34 (10) Vaḍḍhi
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa || katamehi pañcahi || ||
3 Saddhāya vaḍḍhati sīlena vaḍḍhati sutena vaḍḍhati cāgena vaḍḍhati paññāya vaḍḍhati || imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati || sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassā ti || ||
Saddhāya sīlena ca yīdha vaḍḍhati ||
paññāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ ||
Sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā
ādiyati sāram idheva attano ti || ||


[page 251]
XXXVIII. 1. 4] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 251
Mātugāmasaṃyuttaṃ vaggā1 tiṇi || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Visāradā Pasayha Abhibhuyya ||
Eka Aṅgena pañcamaṃ || ||
Nāsenti Hetu Ṭhānaṃ ca ||
Visāradā Vaḍḍhinā te dasā ti ||

 BOOK IV JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ

 SN_4,38(4).1 Nibbānaṃ
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Magadhesu viharati Nāla kagāmake || ||
2 Atha kho Jambukhādako paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Jambukhādako paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaṃ nibbānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||


[page 252]
252 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 1. 5
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammā ājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).2 Arahattam
3 Arahattam arahattanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso arahattanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati arahattanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).3 Dhammavādī
3 Ke nu kho āvuso Sāriputta loke dhammānuvādino || ke loke suppaṭipannā || ke loke sugatā ti || ||
4 Ye kho āvuso loke rāgappahānāya dhammaṃ desenti dosappahānāya dhammaṃ desenti mohappahānāya dhammam desenti


[page 253]
XXXVIII. 4. 4] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 253
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || te loke dhammavādino || ||
5 Ye kho āvuso rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā || dosassa ||
pe || mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā || te loke suppaṭipannā || ||
6 Yesam kho āvuso rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || doso pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || te loke sugatā ti || ||
7 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
8 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayam kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
9 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).4 Kimatthi
3 Kim atthi yam āvuso Sāriputta samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
Dukkhassa kho āvuso pariññattham Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussatīti || ||
3 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyāti || ||
4 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyāti || ||


[page 254]
254 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 4. 5
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa dukkhassa pariññāya || seyyathīdam || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāyāti ||
5 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).5 Assāso
3 Assāsapatto assāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati ||
kittāvatā nu kho avuso assāsapatto hotī ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānam samudayañca atthagamañ ca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso assāsapatto hotī ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo || bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).6 Paramassāso
3 Paramassāsapatto paramassāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotī ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatānānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañ ca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti


[page 255]
XXXVIII. 7. 6] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 255
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotī ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso atthi paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ eva kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).7 Vedanā
3 Vedanā vedanā ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vedanā ti ||
Tisso imā āvuso vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||imā kho āvuso vedanā ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaṃ vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ vedanānam pariññāyā || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etāsam vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddakā paṭipadā etāsaṃ vedanānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||


[page 256]
256 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 9. 6

 SN_4,38(4).8 Asavā
3 Āsavo āsavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso āsavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso āsavā kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo ||
ime kho āvuso tayo āsavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam āsavanānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam āsavanānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).9 Avijjā
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso avijjāti || ||
Yaṃ kho āvuso dukkhe aññāṇam dukkhasamudaye aññāṇam dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ || ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi patipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etissā avijjāya pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddhako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāya


[page 257]
XXXVIII. 11. 5] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 257
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).10 Taṇhā
3 Taṇhā taṇhāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamā nu kho āvuso taṇhāti || ||
Tisso imā āvuso taṇhā || kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā || imā kho āvuso tisso taṇhāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsam taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).11 Ogha
3 Ogho oghoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso oghoti || ||
Cattāro me āvuso oghā || kāmogho bhavogho diṭṭhogho avijjogho || ime kho āvuso cattāro oghāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam oghānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||


[page 258]
258 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 11. 6
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam patipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā patipadā etesam oghānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).12 Upādānam
3 Upādānam upādānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati ||
katamaṃ kho āvuso upādānanti || ||
Cattārimāni āvuso upādānāni || kāmupādānaṃ diṭṭhupādānam sīlabbatupādānam attavādupādānam || imāni kho āvuso cattari upādānānīti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam upādānānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).13 Bhavo
3 Bhavo bhavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamo nu kho āvuso bhavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso bhavā || kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo || ime kho āvuso tayo bhavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam bhavānam pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam bhavānam pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam bhavānam pariññāyāti || ||


[page 259]
XXXVIII. 15. 3] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 259
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etesam bhavānam pariññāya || seyyathīdam || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etesam bhavānam pariññayāti || ||
6 Bhaddako avuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam bhavānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).14 Dukkham
3 Dukkham dukkhanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso dukkhanti || ||
Tisso imāvuso dukkhatā || dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā || imā kho avuso dukkhatā ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ dukkhatānam pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ dukkhatānam pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ dukkhatānam pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ dukkhatānam pariññāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etāsam dukkhatānam pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etāsam dukkhatānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).15 Sakkāyo
3 Sakkāyo sakkāyo ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso sakkāyo ti || ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatā || seyyathīdaṃ || rūpūpādānakkhandho vedanūpādānakkhandho saññūpādānakkhandho saṅkhārūpādānakkhandho viññāṇūpādānakkhandho


[page 260]
260 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 15. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ime kho āvuso pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa sakkāyassa pariññāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,38(4).16 Dukkaraṃ
3 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Sāriputta imasmiṃ dhammavinaye dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmiṃ dhammavinaye dukkaranti || ||
4 Pabbajjitena panāvuso kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipatti dukkarāti || ||
6 Kiṃ va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṃ assāti || ||
Na ciram āvusoti || ||
Jambukhādaka-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ5
Nibbānam Arahattañca6 ||


[page 261]
XXXIX. 1. 4] SĀMAṆḌAKA-SAṂYUTTAM 261
Dhammavādī Kimatthiyam1 ||
Assāso Paramassāso ||
Vedanā Āsavāvijjā ||
Taṇhā Oghā Upādānam ||
Bhavo Dukkhañca Sakkāyo ||
Imasmiṃ dhammavinaye Dukkaranti || ||

 BOOK V SĀMAṆḌAKA-SAṂYUTTAM

 SN_4,39(5).1 Nibbānam
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Vajjīsu viharati Ukkavelāyaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre ||
2 Atha kho Sāmaṇḍako paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Sāmaṇḍako paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaṃ nibbānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbanassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||


[page 262]
262 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXIX. 1. 5
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

 SN_4,39(5).2-15
||pe|| ||

 SN_4,39(5).16 Dukkaram
3 Kiṃ nu āvuso Sāriputta imasmiṃ dhammavinaye dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmim dhammavinaye dukkaranti || ||
4 Pabbajitena panāvuso kim dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti || ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipatti dukkarāti || ||
6 Kiṃ va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṃ assāti || ||
Na ciram āvuso ti || ||
Sāmaṇḍaka-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Purimakasadisam eva uddānaṃ || ||

 BOOK VI MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM

 SN_4,40(6).1 Savitakka
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||


[page 263]
XL. 2. 4] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 263
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āmantesi ||
Āvuso bhikkhavo ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Maha-Moggalānassa paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Idha mayhaṃ āvuso rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Pathamaṃ jhānam pathamaṃ jhānanti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho pathamaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati pathamaṃ jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa pathamaṃ jhānaṃ pamādo pathame jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi pathame jhāne cittaṃ ekodikarohi pathame jhāne cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāram vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || Satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhiññatam pattoti || mamaṃ tam sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).2 Avitakka
3 Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānanti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho dutiyaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati


[page 264]
264 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 2. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || idaṃ vuccati dutiyaṃ jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukham dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana dutiyaṃ jhānam pamādo dutiye jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi dutiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi dutiye jhāne cittaṃ samādahā ti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanam cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthāranuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||
mamaṃ taṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).3 Sukhena
3 Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānanti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho tatiyaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti} || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idam vuccati tatiyaṃ jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedemi || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi ||
tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||


[page 265]
XL. 4. 7] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 265
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa tatiyaṃ jhānam pamādo tatiye jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi tatiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi tatiye jhāne cittam samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāhaṃ āvuso aparena samayena pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsiṃ sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedesiṃ} || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam pattoti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).4 Upekkhako
3 Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānanti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho catutthaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā ca adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati catutthaṃ jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ upekkhā-sati-parisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato sukhasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana catutthaṃ jhānam pamādo catutthe jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi catutthe jhāne cittam ekodikarohi catutthe jhāne cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So kho ahaṃ aparena samayena sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānaṃ atthagamā adukkham asukham upekkhā-satipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja vihāsiṃ


[page 266]
266 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 4. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam pattoti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).5 Ākāsaṃ
3 Ākāsānañcāyatanam ākāsānañcāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho ākāsānañcāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsānañcāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati ākāsānañcāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso rūpasaññānam samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsānañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa ākāsānañcāyatanam pamādo ākāsānañcāyatane cittam saṇṭhapehi ākāsānañcāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānam atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).6 Viññāṇaṃ
3 Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ viññāṇañcāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho viññāṇañcāyatananti || ||


[page 267]
XL. 7. 6] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 267
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anattaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati viññāṇañcāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanam samatikkamma Anattaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahāgatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa viññāṇañcāyatanam pamādo viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi viññāṇañcāyatane cittam ekodikarohi viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anattaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahabhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).7 Akiñcañña
3 Ākiñcaññāyatanam ākiñcaññāyatananti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho ākiñcaññāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati ākiñcaññāyatanan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa ākiñcaññāyatanam pamādo ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi ākiñcaññāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ samādahāti


[page 268]
268 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 7. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).8 Nevasaññī
3 Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam pamādo nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittam ekodikarohi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).9 Animitto
3 Animitto cetosamādhi animitto cetosamādhīti vuccati ||
Katamo nu kho animitto cetosamādhīti ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati


[page 269]
XL. 10. 3] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 269
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayam vuccati animitto cetosamādhīti || ||
5 So kho ham āvuso sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusariviññāṇaṃ hoti || ||
6 Atha kho mam Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa animittam cetosamādhim pamādo animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittam ekodikarohi animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ samādahā ti || ||
7 So khvāhaṃ āvuso aparena samayena sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya ||
Satthārānuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam pattoti || mamaṃ taṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).10 Sakko
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritam vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya || evam eva Jetavane antarahito devesu Tāvatiṃsesu pātur ahosi || ||
I
3 Atha kho Sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhim yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi


[page 270]
270 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL.10.4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitam kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparaṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
5 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraṇa sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantīti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna || saṅgha || la || sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantīti || ||
6,7,8 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
9,10,11 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
12,13,14 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
15 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
16 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā Moggalāno etad avoca


[page 271]
XL. 10. 19] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 271
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
17 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti ||
saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
II
18 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
19 Ekam antaṃ thitaṃ kho Sakkam devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe avecca pasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadhammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti


[page 272]
272 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sīlehi avecca samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhuñjissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjanti || ||
20 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || itipi so Bhagavā || pe ||
buddho bhagavā buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ lokam upapajjanti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti


[page 273]
XL. 10. 31] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 273
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
21-23 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
24-26 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
27-29 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
30 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo āsītiyā devatāsatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
31 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto ||pe|| paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakkhettam lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantīti


[page 274]
274 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 32
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
32 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti ||
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe ||
anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi || pe ||
samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ lokam upapajjantīti ti || ||
III
33 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || la || ||
34 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti


[page 275]
XL. 10. 41] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 275
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti ||
dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti ||
saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
35 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || ||
36-38 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
39-41 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||


[page 276]
276 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 42
42-44 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
45 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Maha-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
46 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabehīti || ||
47 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṅgamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggālāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
IV
48 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||


[page 277]
XL. 10. 50] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 277
49 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitam kho Sakkam devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe ||
dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasāhi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || la || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehī ti || ||
50 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi thānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti


[page 278]
278 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
la || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
51-53 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
54-56 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
57-60 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsatehi saddhiṃ || la || ||
61 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Moggalāno tenupassaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
62 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve chahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti


[page 279]
XL. 10. 63] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 279
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || suppaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo añjalīkaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassā ti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhuñjissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || ||
63 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjānti


[page 280]
280 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 11. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanam hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbehi yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbena saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehī ti || ||

 SN_4,40(6).11 Candano (i)
1-63 Atha kho Candano devaputto || la ||
[Suyāmo] (ii)
1-63 Atha kho Suyāmo devaputto || ||
[Santusito] (iii)
1-63 Atha kho Santusito devaputto || ||
[Sunimmito] (iv)
1-63 Atha kho Sunimmito devaputto || ||
[Vasavatti] (v)
1-63 Atha kho Vasavatti devaputto || ||
Ime pañcapeyyālā yathā Sakko devānam indo tathā vittharetabbānīti ||


[page 281]
XLI. 1. 4] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 281
Moggalāna saṃyuttaṃ1 || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Savitakkā Vitakkañca ||
Sukhena Upekkhako || ||
Ākāsañceva Viññāṇaṃ ||
Ākiñca-Nevasaññinā ||
Animitto ca Sakko ca ||
Candanekādasena cāti || ||

 BOOK VII CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM

 SN_4,41(7).1 Saññojana
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānam bhikkhūnam pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānam maṇḍalamāle sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
3 Tatrekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ hoti || || Saññojanan ti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthāceva nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ hoti || || Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjameva nānanti || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati Migapathakam anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaṇīyena || ||


[page 282]
282 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 1. 5
5 Assosi kho Citto gahapati sambahulānaṃ kira therānam bhikkhūnam paccābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānam maṇḍaḷamāḷe sanninnānaṃ sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evam vyākataṃ Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamma nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Sutam etam bhante sambahūlānam kira therānam bhikkhūnam pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānam maṇḍalamāle sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || Saññojanan ti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākatam Saññojanan ti vā avuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamme nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākatam Saññojanan ti vā āvuso Saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
Evam gahapatīti || ||
8 Saññojanan ti vā bhante saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā ca || tena hi bhante upamaṃ vo karissāmi || upamāya pidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa attham ājānanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhante Kāḷo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā saññutto assu || yo nu kho evaṃ vadeyya Kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saññojanaṃ odāto ca balivaddo kālassa balivaddassa saññojananti


[page 283]
XLI. 2. 3] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 283
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyā ti || ||
No hetaṃ gahapati || || Na kho gahapati kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saññojanaṃ || na pi odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa saññojanaṃ || || Yena kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṃyuttā taṃ tattha saññojananti || ||
10 Evam eva kho bhante na cakkhu rūpānaṃ saññojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saññojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saññojanam || || Na sotaṃ saddānaṃ || Na ghānaṃ gandhānaṃ || Na jivhā rasānaṃ || na rasā jivhāya saññojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo tam tattha saññojanaṃ || pe || Na mano dhammānaṃ saññojanaṃ na dhammā manassa saññojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saññojanan ti || ||
11 Lābhā ti gahapati || suladdhaṃ te gahapati yassa te gambhīre buddhavacane paññācakkhu kamatīti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).2 Isidatta (1)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikāsande viharanti Ambātakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho therā bhikkhū tuṇhibhāvena || ||


[page 284]
284 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 2. 4
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhūnam adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunānattan ti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattam Dhātunānattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunānattam bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmim bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || || Vyākaromaham bhante thera Cittassa gahapatino etam pañhanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam pañhanti || ||
12 Evaṃ hi tvaṃ gahapati pucchasi Dhātunānattam dhātunānanattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||


[page 285]
XLI. 3. 5] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 285
Evam bhante || ||
Idaṃ kho gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ||
Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu || la || Manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu || ettāvatā nu kho gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatāti || ||
13 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhū paṇitena {khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
14 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onītapattapāṇino uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad avoca || Sādhu kho tvam āvuso Isidatta eso pañho paṭibhāsi neso pañho mam paṭibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta yadā aññadā pi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya || taññevettha paṭibhāseyyāti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).3 Isidatto (2)
1 Ekaṃ samayam sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citti gahapati there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho therā bhikkhū tunhibhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||


[page 286]
286 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 6
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā lokoti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīran ti vā Aññam jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yānicimāni dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā nu kho bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti kismiṃ asati na hontīti || ||
Evam vutte āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati || pe || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram avoca || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantāvā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathagato param maraṇā ti vā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā nu kho bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti kismiṃ asati na hontī ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || Vyākaromaham bhante Thera Cittassa gahapatino etam pañhanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam āvuso Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam pañhanti || ||


[page 287]
XLI. 3. 14] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 287
12 Evaṃ hi tvaṃ gahapati pucchasi || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato lokoti vā || pe || imā nu kho bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti kismiṃ asati na hontī ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Yā imā gahapati anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti ||
Sassato lokoti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā || Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā kho gahapati diṭṭhiyo sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sati honti || sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā asati na hontī ti || ||
13 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī ti || ||
Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sapurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Evaṃ kho gahapati sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī ti || ||
14 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī ti || ||
Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānam dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmim vā attānaṃ || na vedanaṃ || Na saññaṃ || Na saṅkhāre || Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati na viññāṇavantam vā attānam na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī ti || ||


[page 288]
288 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 15
15 Kuto bhante ayyo Isidatto āgacchatī ti || ||
Avantiyā kho ham gahapati āgacchāmīti || ||
Atthi bhante Avantiyā Isidatto nāma kulaputto amhākam adiṭṭhasahāyo pabbajjito || diṭṭho so āyasmatā ti || ||
Evaṃ gahapati || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho bhante āyasmā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Isidatto tuṇhi ahosi ||
Ayyo no bhante Isidatto ti || ||
Evaṃ gahapatī ti || ||
Abhiramatu bhante ayyo Isidatto Macchikāsaṇḍe ramaṇiyam Ambāṭakavanaṃ || aham ayyassa Isidattassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārāṇanti || ||
Kalyāṇaṃ vuccati gahapatī ti || ||
16 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhū paṇītena {khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
17 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onītapattapāṇino uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad avoca || || Sādhu kho tam āvuso Isidatta eso pañho paṭibhāsi neso pañho mam paṭibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta yadā aññadā pi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya taññevettha patibhāseyyāti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Macchikāsaṇḍamhā pakkāmi || Yaṃ Macchikāsaṇḍamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na puna pacchāgacchīti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).4 Mahako
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||


[page 289]
XLI. 4. 10] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 289
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me therā svātanāya gokule bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho therā bhikkhū tuṇhībhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhūnam adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino gokulaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū paṇītena sappipāyāsena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
7 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onitapattapanino uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || || Citto pi kho gahapati sesakam vissajjethā ti vatvā there bhikkhū piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi || ||
8 Tena kho pana samayena uṇhaṃ hoti kuṭṭhitaṃ || te ca therā bhikkhū paveliyamānena maññe kāyena gacchanti ||
yathā tam bhojanaṃ bhuttāvino || ||
9 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahako tasmim bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako hoti || || Atha kho āyasmā Mahako āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || || Sādhu khvassa bhante Thera yaṃ sītako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaṃvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyāti || ||
Sādhu khvassa āvuso Mahaka yaṃ sītako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaṃvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyā ti || ||
10 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako tathārūpam iddhābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkhari


[page 290]
290 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 4. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || yathā sītako ca vāto vāyi {abbhasaṃvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusi || ||
11 Atha kho Cittassa gahapatino etad ahosi || Yo kho imasmim bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako bhikkhu || tassāyam evarūpo iddhānubhāvo ti || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako ārāmaṃ sampāpuṇitvā āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā bhante Therāti || ||
Alam ettavatā āvuso Mahaka katam ettāvatā āvuso Mahaka pūjitam ettāvatā āvuso Mahakā ti || ||
13 Atha kho therā bhikkhū yathāvihāram agamaṃsu || ||
Āyasmā pi Mahako sakaṃ vihāram agamāsi || ||
14 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Mahako tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahakam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
15 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam Mahakam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ayyo Mahako uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetūti || ||
Tena hi tvam gahapati āḷinde uttarāsaṅgam paññāpetvā tiṇakalāpam okāsehīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Mahakassa paṭissutvā āḷinde uttarāsaṅgam paññāpetvā tiṇakalāpam okāsesi ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihāram pavisitvā sucighaṭikaṃ datvā tathārūpam iddhābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkhari || yathā tāḷacchiggaḷena ca aggaḷantarikāya ca acchi nikkhamitvā tiṇāni jhāpesi uttarāsaṅgaṃ na jhāpesi || ||
17 Atha kho Citto gahapati uttarāsaṅgam pappoṭetvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihārā nikkhamitvā Cittam gahapatim etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā gahapatīti || ||


[page 291]
XLI. 5. 4] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 291
Alam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka katam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka pūjitam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka || abhiramatu bhante ayyo Mahako Macchikāsaṇḍe || ramaṇiyam Ambāṭakavanaṃ || aham ayyassa Mahakassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānan ti || ||
Kalyāṇaṃ vuccati gahapatīti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Macchikāsaṇḍamhā pakkāmi || yam Macchikāsaṇḍamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na puna pacchāgacchīti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).5 Kāmabhū
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Kāmabhū Macchikāsaṇḍe viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho Cittaṃ gahapatim āyasmā Kāmabhū etad avoca || || Vuttam idaṃ gahapati || ||
Nelaṅgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro vattatī ratho ||
Anīghaṃ5 passa6 āyantam7
chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa nu kho gahapati saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho etam bhante Bhagavatā bhāsitan ti || ||
Evam gahapatī ti || ||
Tena hi bhante muhuttaṃ āgamehi yāvassa attham pekkhāmī ti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati muhuttaṃ tuṇhi hutvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum etad avoca || ||


[page 292]
292 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 5. 5
Nelaṅganti kho bhante sīlānam etam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Setapacchādo ti kho bhante vimuttiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Ekāro ti kho bhante satiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Vattatī ti kho bhante abhikkamapaṭikkamassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Rathoti kho bhante imassetam cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ || mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassa || ||
Rāgo kho bhante nīgho doso nīgho moho nīgho || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavātthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || tasmā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu anīgho ti vuccati || ||
Āyantante kho bhante arahato etam adhivacanam || ||
Soto ti kho bhante taṇhāyetam adhivacanaṃ || sā khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatimanuppādadhammā || tasmā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu chinnasoto ti vuccati ||
Rāgo bhante bandhanaṃ doso bandhanaṃ moho bandhanaṃ || te khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā ||
tasmā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu abandhano ti vuccati || ||
5 Iti kho bhante yan tam Bhagavatā vuttaṃ || ||
Nelaṅgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro vattatī ratho ||
anīghaṃ passa āyantam ||
Chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa kho bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānātūti || ||
6 Lābhā te gahapati || suladdhaṃ te gahapati yassa te gambhīre buddhavacane paññācakkhuṃ kamatī ti || ||


[page 293]
XLI. 6. 6] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 293

 SN_4,41(7).6 Kāmabhū2
1 Ekam samayaṃ āyasmā Kāmabhū Macchikāsaṇḍe viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Kāmabhum etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante saṅkhārāti || ||
Tayo kho gahapati saṅkhārā kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāmabhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṃ Kāmabhum uttaripañham apucchi || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante kāyasaṅkhāro katamo vacisaṅkhāro katamo cittasaṅkhāroti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyasaṅkhāro || vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro || saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāroti ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati || pe || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
5 Kasmā pana bhante assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro ||
kasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro || kasmā saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā || tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro || || Pubbe kho gahapati vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācam bhindati ||
tasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro || || Saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā || tasmā saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu || la || apucchi || ||
6 Katham pana bhante saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti hotī ti || ||
Na kho gahapati saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti || Aham saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjissanti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno ti vā


[page 294]
294 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 6. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Atha khvassa pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaṃ hoti || yan taṃ tathattāya upanetīti || ||
Sādhu || pe || apucchi || ||
7 Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamaṃ nirujjhanti || yadivā kāyasaṅkhāro yadivā vacīsaṅkhāro yadivā cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno vācīsaṅkhāro pathamaṃ nirujjhati || tato kāyasaṅkhāro || tato cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sadhu || la || pañham apucchi || ||
8 Yvāyam bhante mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno imesaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti || ||
Yvāyam gahapati mato kālakato || tassa kāyasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho vacīsaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho cittasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho āyu parikkhīno usmā vūpasantā indriyāni viparibhinnānī || Yo ca khvāyaṃ gahapati bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno || tassa pi kāyasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho vacīsaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho cittasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho āyu aparikkhīṇo usmā avūpasantā indriyāni vippasannāni || || Yvāyaṃ gahapati mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno idaṃ nesaṃ nānākaraṇanti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
9 Katham pana bhante saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ hotīti || ||
Na kho gahapati saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti || Ahaṃ saññevedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahissanti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahāmīti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhito vā ti || || Atha khvāssa pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaṃ hoti yaṃ taṃ tathattāya upanetīti || ||


[page 295]
XLI. 7. 1] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 295
Sādhu bhante || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
10 Saññavedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamam uppajjanti || yadivā kāyasaṅkhāro yadivā vacīsaṅkhāro yadivā cittasaṅkhāro || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno cittasaṅkhāro pathamam uppajjati ||
tato kāyasaṅkhāro || tato vacīsaṅkhāroti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
11 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitam pana bhante bhikkhuṃ kati phassā phusantīti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ kho gahapati bhikkhuṃ tayo phassā phusanti || suññato phasso animitto phasso appaṇihito phasso ti || ||
Sādhu || pe || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
12 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho pana bhante bhikkhuno kiṃ ninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti kim poṇaṃ kim pabbhāranti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāranti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāmabhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṃ Kāmabhum uttaripañham apucchi || ||
13 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā pana bhante kati dhammā bahūpakārā ti || ||
Addhā kho tvam gahapati yam pathamam pucchitabbaṃ tam pacchā pucchasi || api ca tyāhaṃ vyākarissāmi || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā kho gahapati dve dhammā bahūpakārā samatho ca vipassanā cā ti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).7 Godatto
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Godatto Macchikāsaṇḍe viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||


[page 296]
296 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 7. 2
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Godatto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Godattam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cittaṃ gahapatim āyasmā Godatto etad avoca || || Yā cāyaṃ gahapati appamāṇā cetovimutti yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti yā ca suññatācetovimutti yā ca animittā cetovimutti ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
4 Atthi bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā ca || || Atthi pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhamme ekatthā ceva vyañjanam eva nānan ti ||
4 Katamo ca pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā ca || ||
5 Idha bhante bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ ||
tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena avereṇa avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || karuṇāsahagatena cetasā || muditāsahagatena cetasā || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyam tathā tatiyam tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhante appamāṇena cetasā vimutti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimutti || || Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimutti || ||
7 Katamā ca bhante suññatā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti patisañcikkhati || Suññam idam attena vā attaniyena vā ti


[page 297]
XLI. 8. 2] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 297
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vuccati bhante suññatā cetovimutti || ||
8 Katamā ca bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ vuccati bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā ca || ||
10 Katamo ca bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || ||
11 Rāgo bhante pamāṇakaraṇo doso pamāṇakaraṇo moho pamāṇakarano || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anubhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena || suññā dosena || suññā mohena || ||
12 Rāgo bhante kiñcanaṃ doso kiñcanam moho kiñcanam || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchimamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
Yāvatā kho bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena suññā dosena suññā mohena || ||
13 Rāgo kho bhante nimittakaraṇo doso nimittakaraṇo moho nimittakaraṇo || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante animittā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsam cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena suññā dosena suññā mohena || ||
14 Ayaṃ kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).8 Nigaṇṭho
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto Macchikāsaṇḍam anuppatto hoti mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ


[page 298]
298 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Nigaṇṭho kira Nāṭaputto Macchikāsaṇḍam anuppatto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhinti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati sambahulehi upāsakehi saddhiṃ yena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Nigaṇṭhena Nāṭaputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cittaṃ gahapatiṃ Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto etad avoca || || Saddahasi tvaṃ gahapati samaṇassa Gotamassa Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaṃ nirodhoti || ||
Na khvāham ettha bhante Bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi Atthi avitakko avicaro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaṃ nirodhoti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sakam parisam ulloketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva asaṭṭho cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva amāyāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapati || vātaṃ vā so jālena bādhetabbam maññeyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhetabbam maññeyya || sakamuṭṭhinā vā so Gaṅgāya sotam āvāretabbam maññeyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhetabbam maññeyyāti || ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi bhante Katamam nu kho paṇītataram ñāṇam vā saddhā vā ti || ||
Saddhāya kho gahapati ñāṇam eva paṇītataranti || ||
8 Aham kho bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamam jhānam upasampajja viharāmi

[page 299]
XLI. 8. 9] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 299
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Aham kho bhante yāvad eva ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā || pe || dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Ahaṃ kho bhante yāvad eva ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Ahaṃ kho bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā || pa || catuttham jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || So khvāham bhante evaṃ jānanto evam passanto kassaññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā saddhāya gamissāmi Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaṃ nirodho ti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sakam parisam apaloketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva anujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva saṭṭho cāyam Citto gahapati yāva māyāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapatī ti || ||
Idāneva kho te pana mayam bhante bhāsitam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva asaṭṭho cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva amāyāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapatī ti || || Idāneva ca pana mayam bhante bhāsitam evam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva anujuko cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva saṭṭho cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva māyāvī cāyam Citto gahapatī ti || ||
10 Sace te bhante purimaṃ saccam pacchimam te micchā || sace pana te bhante pacchimaṃ saccaṃ purimaṃ te micchā || ime kho pana bhante dasa sahadhammikā pañhā āgacchanti || yadā nesam attham ājāneyyasi || atha mam paṭihareyyāsi saddhiṃ nigaṇṭhaparisāya || || Eko pañho eko uddeso ekaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ || dve pañhā dve uddesā dve veyyākaraṇāni || tayo pañhā tayo uddesā tīṇi veyyākaraṇāni || cattāro pañho cattāro uddesā cattāri veyyakaraṇāni || pañca pañhā pañca uddesā pañca veyyākaraṇāni || cha pañhā cha uddesā cha veyyākaraṇāni || satta pañhā satta uddesā satta veyyākaraṇāni || aṭṭha pañhā aṭṭha uddesā aṭṭha veyyākaraṇāni


[page 300]
300 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || nava pañhā nava uddesā nava veyyākaraṇāni || dasa pañhā dasa uddesā dasa veyyākaraṇanī ti || ||
11 Atha kho Citto gahapati Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nāṭaputtam ime dasa sahadhammike pañhe apucchitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmī ti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).9 Acela
2 Tena kho pana samayena Acelo Kassapo Macchikāsaṇḍam anuppatto hoti purāṇagihisahāyo || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Acelo kira Kassapo Macchikāsaṇḍam anuppatto amhākam purāṇagihisahāyo ti || ||
Atha kho Citto gahapati yena Acelo Kassapo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Acelena Kassapena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati Acelaṃ Kassapam etad avoca || || Kīva ciram pabbajito si bhante Kassapāti || ||
Tiṃsamattāni kho me gahapati vassāni pabbajitassā ti || ||
5 Imehi kho pana te bhante tiṃsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttarimanussadhammo alam ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Imehi kho me gahapati tiṃsamattehi vassehi pabbajitassa natthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro aññatra naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvāḷanipphoṭanāya cāti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte Citto gahapati Acelaṃ Kassapam etad avoca || || Acchariyam vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho dhammassa svākhyātatā yatra hi nāma tiṃsamattehi vasehi na koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato bhavissati phāsuvihāro aññatra naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvāḷanipphoṭanāya cāti


[page 301]
XLI. 9. 9] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 301
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
7 Tuyham pana gahapati kīva ciram upāsakattam upayatassāti || ||
Mayham pi kho pana bhante tiṃsamattāni vassāni upāsakattam upagatassā ti || ||
8 Imehi kho pana te gahapati tiṃsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Kimhi no pi siyā bhante || Aham hi bhante yāva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicārānam vūpasamā || pe || dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyam jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā || pe || catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Sace kho panāham bhante Bhagavato pathamataraṃ kālam kareyya anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ yam mam Bhagavā etam vyākareyya Natthi tam saññojanam yena saññojanena saṃyutto Citto gahapati puna imaṃ lokam āgaccheyyāti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte Acelo Kassapo Cittaṃ gahapatim etad avoca || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho dhammassa svākhyātatā yatrahi nāma gihī odātavasano evarūpam uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesam adhigamissati phāsuvihāraṃ || || Labheyyāhaṃ gahapati imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadanti


[page 302]
302 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 9. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
10 Atha kho Citto gahapati Acelaṃ Kassapaṃ ādāya yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || Ayam bhante Acelo Kassapo amhākam purāṇagihīsahāyo || imaṃ therā pabbajentu upasampādentu || ahamassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi civara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṇanti || ||
11 Alattha Acelo Kassapo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pabbajjam alattha upasampadam || acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Kassapo eko vūpakaṭṭho apamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputto sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānam diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
12 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosīti || ||

 SN_4,41(7).10 Gilānadassanam
2 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā saṃgamma samāgamma Cittaṃ gahapatim etad avocuṃ || ||
Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Citto gahapati tā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhitiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā etad avoca || || Tam pi aniccaṃ tam pi addhuvaṃ tam pi pahāya gamanīyanti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte Cittassa gahapatino mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā Cittaṃ gahapatim etad avocuṃ


[page 303]
XLI. 10. 6] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 303
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Satim ayyaputta upaṭṭhapehi mā vippalapīti || ||
Kin tyāhaṃ vadāmi yaṃ maṃ tumhe evaṃ vadetha Satim ayyaputta upaṭṭhapehi mā vippalapīti ||
Evaṃ kho tvam ayyaputta vadesi || || Tam pi aniccaṃ tam pi addhuvaṃ tam pi pahāya gamanīyanti || ||
Tathā hi pana mam ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā evam ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || tāham evaṃ vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccam || la || tam pi pahāya gamanīyan ti || ||
5 Kin te ayyaputta ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthādevatā atthavasam sampassamānā evam ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānam rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || ||
Tāsaṃ kho ārāmadevatānaṃ vanadevatānaṃ rukkhadevatānaṃ osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthānaṃ devatānam evaṃ hoti || || Ayaṃ kho Citto gahapati sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo sace paṇidahissati Anāgatam addhānam rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti ijjhissati sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā dhammiko dhammikam phalam anusarissatīti || || Imaṃ kho tā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā atthavasaṃ sampassamānā evam ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || tāham evaṃ vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccaṃ tam pi adhuvam tam pi pahāya gamanīyanti || ||
6 Tena hi ayyaputta amhe pi ovadehīti || ||
Tasmā hi vo evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||


[page 304]
304 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 10. 7
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || || Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti || || Yaṃ kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbantam apaṭivibhattam bhavissati sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehīti || ||
Evam hi vo sikkhitabbanti || ||
7 Atha kho Citto gahapati mittāmicce ñatisālohite buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca pasādetvā cāge ca samādapetvā kālam akāsi || ||
Cittasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Saṃyojana dve Isidattā || ||
Mahako Kāmabhū pi ca ||
Godatto ca Nigaṇṭho ca ||
Acelena Gilānanti || ||


[page 305]
XLII. 1. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 305

 BOOK VIII GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM

 SN_4,42(8).1 Caṇḍo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenam-idhekacco Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti || ||
4 Idha kho gāmaṇi ekaccassa rāgo appahīno hoti || rāgassa appahīnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Doso appahīno hoti || dosassa appahīnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Moho appahīno hoti || mohassa appahīnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
5 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekaccassa rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahīnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaṃ na pātukaroti || so Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Doso pahīno hoti hoti || dosassa pahīnattā pare na kopenti ||
parehi akopiyamāno kopaṃ na pātukaroti || so Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Moho pahīno hoti || mohassa pahīnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaṃ na pātukaroti || so Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi hetu ayam paccayo yeva-m-idhekacco Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī ti || ||


[page 306]
306 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 1. 6
6 Evaṃ vutte caṇḍo gamaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || Seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakare vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhanti || evam eva Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañ ca upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).2 Puṭo
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmani yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam naṭānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alaṃ gāmani tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaṃ naṭānam bhāsamānānam Yo so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetaṃ mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaṃ naṭānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti ||


[page 307]
XLII. 2. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 307
so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ nālatthaṃ Alam Gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || apica tyāhaṃ vyākarissāmi || ||
6 Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītarāgā rāgabandhanabaddhā || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā rajaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya sarāgāya || Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītadosā dosabandhanabaddhā || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā dosaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya sadosāya || || Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītamohā mohabandhanabaddhā || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā mohaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya samohāya || ||
7 So attanā matto pamatto pare madetvā pamādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāso nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati || || Sace kho panassa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikassa kho panāhaṃ gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā ti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte Talapuṭo naṭagamaṇi parodi assūni pavattesi || ||
Evam kho tyāham gamaṇi nālatthaṃ Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evamāha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi naṭehi dīgharattam nikato vañcito paluddho Yo so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti


[page 308]
308 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 2. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
9 Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya || paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya {mūḷhassa} vā maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ kareyya || cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhanti ||
evam evam Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajam labheyyam upasampadanti || ||
10 Alattha kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavato santike pabbajam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
11 Acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Talapuṭo || pa || arahatam ahosīti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).3 Yodhājīvo
2 Atha kho yodhājīvo gamaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaṃ yodhājīvānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaṃ yodhājīvānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||


[page 309]
XLII. 3. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 309
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ gāmaṇi na labhāmi || Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || api ca tyāhaṃ vyākarissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaṇi yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati ||
tassa taṃ cittam pubbe hīnaṃ duggatam duppaṇihitam Ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā ahesuṃ iti vā ti || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarājitā nāma nirayā tatthupapajjati || ||
Sa ce kho panassa evam diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sarājitānam devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi || || Micchādiṭṭhikassa kho panāham gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi || nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā ti || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte yodhājīvo gāmaṇi parodi assūni pavattesi || ||
Evaṃ kho tyāham gāmaṇi nālattham Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evam āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi yodhājīvehi dīgharattaṃ nikato vañcito paluddho || Yo so yodhājivo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
8 Abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||


[page 310]
310 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 4. 6

 SN_4,42(8).4 Hatthi
2-8 Atha kho hatthāroho gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).5 Assa (or Haya)
2 Atha kho assāroho gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho assāroho gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhasamānānaṃ || Yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarājitānam devānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alaṃ gāmani tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho assāroho gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhāsamānānam Yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā || pe || sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ gāmaṇi na labhāmi Alaṃ gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || api ca kho tyāhaṃ vyākarissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaṇi assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati ||


[page 311]
XLII. 6. 1] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 311
tassa taṃ cittam pubbeva hīnaṃ duggataṃ duppaṇihitaṃ Ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā ahesum itivāti || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarājito nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati || ||
Sace kho panassa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sarājitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi || || Micchādiṭṭhikassa kho panāham gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi || nirayaṃ vā tiracchāyoniṃ vā ti || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte assāroho gāmani parodi assūni pavattesi || ||
Etaṃ kho tyāham gāmaṇi nālattham Alaṃ gāmani tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā etam āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi assārohehi dīgharattaṃ nikato vañcito paluddho Yo so assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sarājitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjātīti || ||
8 Abhikkantaṃ bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).6 Pacchābhūmako (or Matako)
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane || ||


[page 312]
312 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 2
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Brāhmaṇā bhante pacchābhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggiparicārikā te mataṃ kālakatam uyyāpenti nāma saññāpenti nāma saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti || Bhagavā pana bhante arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
4 Tena hi gāmaṇi taṃ yevettha paṭipucchissāmi ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idhāssa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusāvāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu vyāpannacitto micchāditthiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ||
Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjatīti || taṃ kim maññasi gāmani || api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi puriso mahatim puthusilaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || || Ummujja bho puthusile uplava bho puthusile thalam uplava bho puthusileti


[page 313]
XLII. 6. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 313
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmani api nu sā puthusilā mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā ummujjeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaṃ vā uplaveyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante
Evam eva kho gāmaṇi yo so puriso paṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusāvāco samphappalāpī abhijjālu vyāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko kiñcāpi tam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || ayam purisakkāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjatūti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjeyya || ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idhāssa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātam upapajjatūti ||
tam kim maññasi gāmani api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vo thomanahetuvā pañcalikā anuparisakkanhetuvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
8 Seyyathapi gāmaṇi puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīram udakarahadam ogāhetvā bhindeyya || tatrassa yā sakkharā vā kaṭhalā vā sā adhogāmī assa || yañ ca khvāssa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā tam uddhaṃgāmi assa


[page 314]
314 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tam enam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgāmma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkheyya || Osīda bho sappi tela saṃsīda bho sappi tela adhogaccha bho sappi telāti || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu taṃ sappi telam mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā osīdeyya vā saṃsīdeyya vā adhogaccheyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Evam eva kho gāmaṇi yo so puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vacāya paṭivirato parusāya vacāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko || kiñcāpi tam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatūti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkhantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).7 Desanā
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharatīti || ||
Evaṃ gāmaṇi tathāgato sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharatīti || ||
4 Atha kiñcarahi bhante Bhagavā ekaccānaṃ sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || ekaccānaṃ no tathā sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ desetīti || ||


[page 315]
XLII. 7. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 315
Tena hi gāmaṇi taṃ yevettha patipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idha kassakassa gahapatino tīṇi khettāni ekam khettam aggam ekaṃ khettam majjhimam ekaṃ khettaṃ hīnam jaṅgalam ūsaram pāpabhūmikaṃ || taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi asu kassako gahapati bījāni patiṭṭhāpetukāmo kattha pathamam patiṭṭhāpeyya || yaṃ vā aduṃ khettam aggaṃ yaṃ vā aduṃ khettaṃ majjhimaṃ yaṃ vā aduṃ khettaṃ hīnam jaṅgalam ūsaram pāpabhūminti || ||
Asu bhante kassako gahapati bījāni patiṭṭhāpetukāmo yam aduṃ khettam aggaṃ tattha patiṭṭhāpeyya || tattha patiṭṭhāpetvā yam aduṃ khettam majjhimam tattha patiṭṭhāpeyya || tattha patiṭṭhāpetvā yam aduṃ khettaṃ hīnam jaṅgalam ūsaram pāpabhūmi tattha patiṭṭhāpeyya pi no pi patiṭṭhāpeyya || taṃ kissa hetu || antamaso gobhattam pi bhavissatīti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yaṃ aduṃ khettam aggam evameva mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo || tesāhaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi gamaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtāṇā maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yam aduṃ khettam majjhimam evam eva mayham upāsakā upāsikāyo tesam pāhaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇam majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtāṇā maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yam aduṃ khettaṃ hīnaṃ jaṅgālam ūsaram pāpabhumi evam eva mayham aññatitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā


[page 316]
316 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 7. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tesam pāham dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyānaṃ majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyānam sāttham savyañjanam kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam pi ājāneyyuṃ taṃ nesam assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi purisassa tayo udakamaṇikā || eko udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri || eko udakamaṇiko acchiddo hāri parihāri || eko udakamaṇiko chiddo hāri parihāri || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi asu puriso udakaṃ nikkhipitukāmo kattha pathamam nikkhipeyya || yo vā so udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahārī aparihārī yo vā so udakamaṇiko acchiddo hāri parihārī yo vā so udakamaṇiko chiddo hārī parihārī ti || ||
Asu bhante puriso udakaṃ nikkhipitukāmo yo so udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri tattha nikkhipeyya ||
tattha nikkhipetvā || yo so udakamaṇiko acchiddo hārī parihārī tattha nikkhipeyya || tattha nikkhipitvā yo so udakamaṇiko chiddo hārī parihāri tattha nikkhipeyyāpi no pi nikkhipeyya || || Taṃ kissa hetu || antamaso bhaṇḍadhovanam pi bhavissatī ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahārī aparihārī evam evam mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo tesāhaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇanam majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāṇakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtāṇā maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇḍiko acchiddo hārī parihārī evam eva mayham upāsaka-upāsikāyo tesaṃ pahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇam majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosanakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi


[page 317]
XLII. 8. 4] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 317
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtānā maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇiko chiddo hārī parihārī evam eva mayham aññatitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā paribbājakā tesam pahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sāttham savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam ājāneyyuṃ || taṃ nesam assa dīgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
13 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || upāsakam maṃ Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).8 Saṅkha
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvārikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Nigaṇṭhasāvako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Asibandhakaputtam gāmaṇim Bhagavā etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho gāmaṇi Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetī ti || ||
4 Evam kho bhante Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || || Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ viharati tena tena niyyatī ti || || Evaṃ kho bhante Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena niyyatī ti


[page 318]
318 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi yo so puriso pāṇātipātī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā so pāṇam atimāpeti yaṃ vā so pāṇaṃ nātimāpetī ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso pāṇātipātī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so pāṇam atimāpeti || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ so pāṇaṃ nātimāpetī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena niyyatī ti || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso adinnādāyī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā so adinnam ādiyati yaṃ vā so adinnaṃ nādiyatī ti || ||
Yo so bhante pa puriso adinnādāyī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so adinnam ādiyati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ so adinnaṃ nādiyatī ti ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena niyyatī ti || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso kāmesu micchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā so kāmesu micchā carati yaṃ vā so kāmesu micchā na caratīti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso kāmesu micchācarī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayaṃ upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so kāmesu micchā carati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ so kāmesu micchā na caratīti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulañca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena niyyatī ti


[page 319]
XLII. 8. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 319
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nātāputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
8 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso musāvādī rattiyā va divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo || yaṃ vā so musā bhaṇati yaṃ vā so musā na bhaṇatī ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso musāvādi rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so musā bhaṇati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ so musā na bhanatī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulañ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena niyyatī ti || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
9 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco satthā evaṃvādī hoti evaṃdiṭṭhi || ||
Yo koci paṇam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhāṇati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || tasmiṃ kho pana gāmaṇi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || ||
10 Tassa evam hoti || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci paṇam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || atthi kho pana mayā pāṇo atimāpito Aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhati || taṃ gāmaṇi vacam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hataṃ nikkhitto evam niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || || atthi kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhati || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hatam nikkhitto evaṃ niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti


[page 320]
320 GĀMANI SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu micchā ciṇṇam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diṭṭhim patilabhati || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi kho pana mayā musā bhaṇitam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti || diṭṭhim paṭilabhati || tam gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hatam nikkhitto evaṃ niraye || ||
11 Idha pana gāmaṇi tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā || so anekapariyāyena pāṇātipātaṃ garahati vigarahati Pāṇātipātā viramathā ti āha || adinnādānaṃ garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathā ti cāha || kāmesu micchācāraṃ garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācarā viramathā ti cāha || musāvādaṃ garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || tasmiṃ kho pana gāmaṇi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || so iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
12 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena pāṇātipātaṃ garahati vigarahati Pāṇātipātā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā pāṇo atimāpito yāvatako vā tāvatako vā || taṃ na suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu || ahaṃ ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaṭisārī assaṃ || na me taṃ pāpakammam akatam bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkhāya taṃ ceva pāṇātipātām pajahati || āyatiṃ ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
13 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena adinnādānaṃ garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā adinnam adinnaṃ yāvatakam vā tāvatakaṃ vā ||
yaṃ kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam yāvatakaṃ vā tāvatakaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu || ahaṃ ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaṭisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkhāya tañceva adinnādānam pajahati


[page 321]
XLII. 8. 16] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 321
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || āyatiñca adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaṃ hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
14 Bhagavā kho pana anekapariyāyena kāmesu micchācāram garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācārā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu micchāciṇṇaṃ yāvatakaṃ vā tāvatakaṃ vā || yaṃ kho pana mayā kāmesu micchāciṇṇaṃ yāvatakaṃ vā tāvatakaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu ahañ ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaṭisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkāya taṃ ceva kāmesu micchācāram pajahati || āyatiṃ ca kāmesu micchācārā pātivirato hoti || || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaṃ hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
15 Bhagavā kho pana anekapariyāyena musāvādaṃ garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā musābhaṇitam yāvatakam vā tāvatakaṃ vā || yaṃ kho pana mayā musābhaṇitaṃ yāvatakaṃ vā tāvatakaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu na sādhu || ahañceva kho pana tappaccayā vippatisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatī ti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya taṃ ceva musāvādam pajahati āyatiṃ ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
16 So pāṇātipātam pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti ||
adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato hoti ||
musāvādam pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti || pisuṇaṃ vācam pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti ||
pharusaṃ vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti || || Samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjālu hoti vyāpadapadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti


[page 322]
322 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || micchādiṭṭhim pahāya sammādiṭṭhiko hoti || || Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evam vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ || tathā tatiyaṃ || tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamaṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
17 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi balavā saṅkhadhamo appakasireṇeva catuddisā viññāpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaṇi evam bhāvitāya mettāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulīkatāya yam pamāṇakatam kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhati || sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato karuṇāsahagatena cetasā || mudita || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ || tathā tatiyaṃ || tatha catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbādhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
18 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi baḷavā saṅkhadhamo appakasireneva catuddisā viññāpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaṇi evam bhavitāya upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulikatāya yam pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati na taṃ tatrāvatiṭṭhatī ti || ||
19 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmani Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).9 Kulam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena Nāḷandā tādavasāri


[page 323]
XLII. 9. 6] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 323
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tatra sudam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvarikambavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nālandā dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto Nāḷandāyaṃ paṭivasati mahatiyā Nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ || ||
4 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhasāvako yena Nigaṇṭho Naṭaputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nātaputtam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Asibandhakaputtaṃ gāmaniṃ Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto etad avoca || || Ehi tvaṃ gāmani samaṇassa Gotamassa vādam āropehi evaṃ te kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchissati || Asibandhakaputtena gāmaṇinā samaṇassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādo āropito ti || ||
Katham panāham bhante samaṇassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādam āropessāmī ti || ||
6 Ehi tvaṃ gāmaṇi yena samano Gotamo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ vadehi ||
Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaṃ vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī ti || || Sace kho gāmaṇi samaṇo Gotamo evam puṭṭho evaṃ vyākaroti || Evam gāmaṇi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaṃ vaṇṇeti anurukkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī ti || tam enaṃ vadeyyāsi || || Atha kiñcarahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike setaṭṭhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno ti || || Imaṃ kho te gāmaṇi samaṇo Gotamo ubhatokoṭikaṃ pañham puṭṭho neva sakkhati uggilituṃ neva sakkhati ogilituṃ ti || ||


[page 324]
324 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 9. 7
7 Evam bhante ti kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa paṭisutvā uṭṭhāyasanā Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nātaputtam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānaṃ anudayam vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī ti || ||
Evaṃ gāmaṇi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaṃ vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī ti || ||
Atha kiñcarahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike setaṭṭhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno ti || ||
9 Ito so gāmaṇi ekanavutikappo yaṃ aham anussarāmi nābhijānāmi kiñci kulam pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaṃ || atha kho yāni tāni kulāni aḍḍhāni mahaddhanāni mahābhogāni pahūtajātarūparajatāni pahūtavittupakaraṇāni pahūtadhanadhaññāni || sabbāni tāni dānasambhūtāni ceva saccasambhūtāni ca saññamasambhūtāni ca || ||
10 Aṭṭha kho gāmaṇi hetu aṭṭha paccayā kulānam upaghātāya || rājato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || corato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || aggito vā kulāni upaghātaṃ gacchanti || udakato vā kulāni upaghātaṃ gacchanti ||
nihitaṃ vā nādhigacchanti || duppayuttā vā kammantaṃ jahanti || kule va kulaṅgāroti uppajjati || yo te bhoge vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃseti aniccatā yeva aṭṭhamī ti


[page 325]
XLII. 10. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 325
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
Ime kho gāmaṇi aṭṭha hetu aṭṭha paccayā kulānam upaghātāya || ||
11 Imesu kho gāmaṇi aṭṭhasu hetūsu aṭṭhasu paccayesu santesu saṃvijjamānesu yo mam evaṃ vadeyya Ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno ti || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ apaṭinissajjitvā yathāhataṃ nikkhitto evam niraye ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).10 Maṇiculam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena rājantepure rājaparisāyaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūpajātaṃ || sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || paṭigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi tassam parisāyam nisinno hoti || ||
4 Atha kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi tam parisam etad avoca ||
Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaṇānam sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samanā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā ti || || Asakkhi kho Maṇicūlako gāmaṇi tam parisaṃ saññāpetuṃ || ||
5 Atha kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi || ||


[page 326]
326 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 10. 6
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante rājantepure rājaparisāyaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jatarūparajataṃ || sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || paṭigaṇhantisamaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatanti || ||
Evaṃvutte aham bhante tam parisam etad avoca || Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaṇānam sakyaputtiyānam jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || na patigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā ti || || Asakkhim khvāham bhante tam parisaṃ {saññāpetuṃ} || ||
7 Kaccāham bhante evam vyākaramāno vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato homi || na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyakāromi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī ti ||
Taggha tvam gāmaṇi evam vyākaramāno vuttvavādī ceva me hosi na ca mam abhūtena abbhācikkhasi || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākarosi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo garayham ṭhānam āgacchati || ||
8 Na hi gāmaṇi kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jatarūparajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā || || Yassa kho gāmaṇi jātarūparajataṃ kappati pañca pi tassa kāmaguṇā kappanti || yassa pañca kāmaguṇā kappanti ekaṃsenetaṃ gāmaṇi dhāreyyāsi asamaṇadhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti || ||
9 Apicāhaṃ gāmaṇi evam vadāmi || || Tiṇaṃ tiṇatthikena pariyesitabbaṃ || dāruṃ dārutthikena pariyesitabbam ||
sakaṭaṃ sakaṭatthikena pariyesitabbam || puriso purisatthikena pariyesitabbo


[page 327]
XLII. 11. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 327
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || na tvevāhaṃ gāmaṇi kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbam pariyesitabban ti vadāmī ti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).11 Bhadra (or Bhagandha-Haṭṭhaha)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Malatesu viharati Uruvelakappaṃ nāma Malatānaṃ nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho Bhadragako gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Bhadragako gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā dukkhassa samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca desetū ti || ||
Ahaṃ ce te gāmaṇi atītam addhānam ārabbha dukkhassa samudayañca atthagamañca deseyyam Evam ahosi atītam addhānanti || tatra te siyā kaṅkhā siyā vimati || || Ahaṃ ce te gāmaṇi anāgatam addhānam ārabbha dukkhassa samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca deseyyaṃ Evaṃ bhavissati anāgatam addhānanti || tatrāpi te siyā kaṅkhā siyā vimati || || Api cāham gāmaṇi idheva nisinno ettheva te nisinnassa dukkhassa samudayañca atthagamañca desissāmi || taṃ suṇohi sādhukam manasi karohi bhāsissāmī ti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Bhadragako gāmaṇi Bhagavato paccassosi || ||
4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi atthi te Uruvelakappe manussā yesaṃ te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
5 Atthi pana te gāmaṇi Uruvelakappe manussā yasaṃ te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsāti


[page 328]
328 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti ||
6 Ko nu kho gāmani hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaṃ vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā garahāyavā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ko vā gāmaṇi hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaṃ vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya va nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Yesam me bhante Uruvelakappiyānam manussānam vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || atthi me tesu chandarāgo || || Yesam pana me bhante Uruvelakappiyānaṃ manussānaṃ vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || natthi me tesu chandarāgo ti || ||
[Atthi me tesu chanda-] Natthi me tesu chandarāgoti iminā tvaṃ gāmani dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgate nayaṃ nehi || yaṃ kho kiñci atītam addhānaṃ dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbaṃ taṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassa || || Yam pi hi kiñci anāgatam addhānam dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjissati || sabbaṃ taṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassāti || ||
Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitaṃ idam bhante Bhagavatā || || Yam kiñci dukkham uppajjamānaṃ uppajjati sabbaṃ taṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ


[page 329]
XLII. 11. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 329
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassāti || ||
7 Atthi me bhante Ciravasī nāma kumāro bahi-āvasathe paṭivasati || So khvāham bhante kālasseva vuṭṭhāya purisam uyyojemi Gaccha bhaṇe Ciravasiṃ kumāraṃ jānāhīti ||
yāva kīvañca bhante so puriso nāgacchati || tassa me hoteva aññathattam Mā heva Ciravasissa kumārassa kiñci ābādhayessati || ||
8 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi Ciravāsissa te kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Ciravāsissa me bhante kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jīvitassa pi siyā aññathattam kim pana me nupajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassapāyāsāti || ||
Iminā pi kho etaṃ gāmaṇi pariyāyena veditabbaṃ ||
Yam kiñci dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaṃ chandamūḷakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi mūlam dukkhassa || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmani || yadā te Ciravāsissa mātā adiṭṭhā ahosi asutā ahosi || te Civarasissa mātuyā chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Dassanaṃ vā te gāmani āgamma savanaṃ vā te gāmaṇi āgamma evaṃ te ahosi Ciravāsissa mātuyā chando vā rāgo yā pemaṃ vā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi Ciravasissa mātuyā te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||


[page 330]
330 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 1
Ciravāsimātuyā me bhante vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jīvitassa pi siyā aññathattam kim pane me nuppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
11 Iminā pi kho etam gāmaṇi pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || Chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassā ti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).12 Rāsiyo
3 Atha kho Rāsiyo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Rāsiyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutaṃ me taṃ bhante Samaṇo Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lūkhajīvim ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī ti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaṃsu || Samaṇo Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ gaharati sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lūkhajīvim ekaṃsena upavadati uppakosatī ti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhantī dhammānudhammaṃ vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī ti || ||
Ye te gāmaṇi evam ahaṃsu || Samaṇo Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati sabbam tapassiṃ lūkhajīvim ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatīti || na me te vuttavādino abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā abhūtena || ||

I
4 Dve me gāmaṇi antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā || yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito || yo cāyam attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito || ete te gāmaṇi ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati


[page 331]
XLII. 12. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 331
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
5 Katamā ca sā gāmaṇi majjhimā patipaṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saṃvattati} || ayam eva ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo || seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saṃvattati} ||

II
6 Tayo me gāmaṇi kāmabhogino santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ || katame tayo || ||

(I)
7 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ||

(II)
8 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ||

(III)
9 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāma bhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānam sukheti pīṇeti {saṃvibhajati} puññāni karoti || ||

(IV)
10 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attānaṃ sukheti piṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti


[page 332]
332 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

(V)
11 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ||

(VI)
12 Idha pana gāmani ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānam sukheti pīneti {saṃvibhajati} puññāni karoti || ||

(VII)
13 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānam sukheti pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti || ||

(VIII)
14 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ||

(IX)
15 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti || te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhapaṇṇo anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||

(X)
16 Idha pana ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti


[page 333]
XLII. 12. 19] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 333
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpaṇṇo ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||

III
(I)
17 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānam na sukheti pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi garayho || || Katamehi tīhi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || || Na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

(II)
18 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || Na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || Attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho iminā ekena ṭhānena pasaṃso || ||

(III)
19 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti


[page 334]
334 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena gārayho dvīhi ṭhanehi pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena garayho ||
Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhanehi pāsaṃso || Attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
Saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena {pāsaṃso} || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ||

(IV)
20 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāpi asāhasenāpi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti ||
ayam gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso tīhi ṭhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā ekena ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī ti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

(V)
21 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sahāsena pi asāhasena pi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso


[page 335]
XLII. 12. 23] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 335
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhanena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso imehi dvīhi ṭhanehi gārayho || ||

(VI)
22 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena garayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā ti iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho ||

(VII)
23 Tatra kho gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhanena pāsaṃso || dvīhi ṭhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti || iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayam gāmaṇi kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||


[page 336]
336 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 24

(VIII)
24 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || ||

(IX)
25 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānam sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||
te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katemehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti || iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho || te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi tīhi thānehi pāsaṃso ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho || ||

(X)
26 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasenā attānam sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||

[page 337]
XLII. 12. 29] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 337
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī ti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribuñjatīti iminā catutthena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī imehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ||

IV
27 Tayo me gāmaṇi tapassino lūkhajīvino santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ || katame tayo || ||

(I)
28 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaṃ dhammam adhigaccheyyam appeva nāma uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikareyyanti || ||
So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalañca dhammaṃ nādhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikaroti || ||

(II)
29 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalam dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikareyyanti || so attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalañca dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañānadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikaroti ||


[page 338]
338 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 30

(III)
30 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaṃ dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttari manussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikareyyanti || || So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti ||
kusalañca dhammam adhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti || ||

V
(I)
31 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ tapassī lūkhajīvī attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalañca dhammaṃ nādhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikaroti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvī tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||
Katamehi tīhi ṭhanehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || kusalañ ca dhammaṃ nādhigacchatīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikarotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

(II)
32 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam tapassī lūkhajīvī attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalaṃ hi kho dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikaroti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvi dvīhi ṭhanehi gārayho || ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena garayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikarotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
kusalaṃ hi dhammam adhigacchatīti iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi lūkhajīvī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||


[page 339]
XLII. 12. 36] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 339

(III)
33 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam tapassī lūkhajīvi attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti kusalaṃ ca dhammam adhigacchati uttari ca dhammanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti || ayam gāmaṇi tapassī lūkhajīvī ekena ṭhānena gārayho || dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetīti ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || kusalañca dhammam adhigacchatīti iminā pathamena ṭhanena pāsaṃso || uttariñ ca manussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lūkhajīvi iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ||
VI
34 Tisso imā gāmaṇi sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā viññūhi || || katamā tisso || ||

(I)
35 Yam ratto rāgādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || rāge pahīne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyābādhāya na ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti || sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā viññūhi || ||

(II)
36 Yam duṭṭho dosādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti paravyābādhāya pi ceteti ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || dose pahīne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayāvyabādhāya ceteti || sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā viññūhi


[page 340]
340 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

(III)
37 Yaṃ mūḷho mohādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || mohe pahīne nevattavyābādhāya pi ceteti na paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || na ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti ||
sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā viññūhi || ||
Imā kho gāmaṇi tisso sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhīti || ||
38 Evaṃ vutte Rāsiyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

 SN_4,42(8).13 Pātali (or Manāpo)
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Koḷiyesu viharati Uttaram nāma Koḷiyānaṃ nigame || ||
2 Atha kho Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaṃsu Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchati ||
anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayam bhante Bhagavantanti || ||
3 Ye te gāmaṇi evam āhaṃsu Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti vuttavādino ceva me te na ca mam abhūtena abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaronti ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatīti || ||


[page 341]
XLII. 13. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 341
4 Saccaṃ yeva kira bho mayam tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ na saddahāma Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti ||
Samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo māyāvīti || ||
Yo nu kho gāmaṇi evam vadeti Aham māyaṃ jānāmīti so evaṃ vadeti Aham māyāvīti || tatheva tam Bhagavā hoti tatheva tam sugato hotīti || || Tena hi gāmaṇi taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā taṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||

I
(I)
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || jānāsi tvaṃ gāmaṇi Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷake bhaṭe ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūlake bhaṭe ti || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || kim atthiyā Koliyānaṃ lambacūlakā bhaṭāti || ||
Ye ca bhante Koḷiyānaṃ corā te ca paṭisedhetuṃ yāni ca Koḷiyānam duteyyāni tāni vahātuṃ etadatthiyā bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā bhaṭāti ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || jānāsi tvaṃ Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷake bhaṭe || silavanto vā te dussīlā vā ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūlake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme || ye ca loke dussilā pāpadhammā Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā tesam aññatarāti || ||
8 Yo nu kho gāmaṇi evam vadeyya || || Pātaliyo gāmaṇi jānāti Koḷiyānam lambacūḷake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme ||
Pāṭaliyo pi gāmaṇi dussīlo pāpadhammoti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyya || ||
No hetam bhante || aññe bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā bhaṭā añño hamasmi aññathādhammā Koḷiyānam lambacūḷakā bhaṭā aññathādhammo hamasmīti || ||


[page 342]
342 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 9
9 Tvaṃ hi nāma gāmaṇi lacchasi Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi jānāti Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme na ca Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi dussīlo pāpadhammoti || kasmā tathāgato na lacchati Tathāgato māyaṃ jānāti na ca tathāgato māyāvīti || || Māyañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi || māyāya ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca māyāvī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||

(II)
10 Paṇātipātañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi pāṇātipātassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pāṇātipātā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi ||
11 Adinnādānañcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi || adinnādānassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca adinnādāyī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
12 Kāmesu micchācārañ cāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi kāmesu micchācārassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca kāmesu micchācārī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
13 Musāvādañcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi || musāvādassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca musāvādī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
14 Pisuṇavācañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pijānāmi pasuṇavācāya ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pisunavāco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi ||
15 Pharusavācañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi pharusavācāya ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pharusavāco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||


[page 343]
XLII. 13. 21] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 343
16 Samphappalāpañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi samphappalāpassa ca vipākam || yathāpaṭipanno ca samphappalāpī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
17 Abhijjhañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi abhijjhāya ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca abhijjhālu kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
18 Vyāpādapadosañcāham gāmani pajānāmi vyāpādapadosassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca vyāpannacitto kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
19 Micchādiṭṭhiñcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi micchādiṭṭhiyā ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca micchādiṭṭhiko kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||

II
20 Santi gāmaṇi eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evam diṭṭhino Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||

(I)
21 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikamehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam ekam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || tam enam evam āhaṃsu


[page 344]
344 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 22
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Ayam ambho puriso rañño paccatthikam pasayha jīvitā voropesi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti ||

(II)
22 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍam karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam pariṇetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetva dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gaḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍam karitvā kharasarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyam siṅghātakena siṅghāṭakam parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chindatīti || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso rājaverī itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā voropesi || tena naṃ rājāno gahetvā evarūpaṃ kammakaraṇaṃ karontīti || ||
23 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭṭham vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhañca no bhante sutañca sūyissati cā ti || ||
24 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrahmanā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyatīti} || saccaṃ vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tucchaṃ musā vilapanti sīlavanto vā te dussīlā vā ti || ||


[page 345]
XLII. 13. 27] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 345
Dussīlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussīlā pāpadhammā micchāpaṭipannā vā te sammāpaṭipannā vā ti || ||
Micchāpaṭipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaṭipannā micchādiṭṭhikā vā te sammādiṭṭhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditun ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(III)
25 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi māli || kuṇḍalī || la ||
itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho puriso rañño paccatthikassa pasayha ratanam ahāsi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālī kuṇḍalī || pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || ||

(IV)
26 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chijjamāno || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindatīti || ||
Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho puriso gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātam ādiyi || tena naṃ rājāno gahetvā evarūpaṃ kammakāraṇam karontīti || ||
27 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhaṃ ca no bhante sutañ ca suyissati cāti || ||


[page 346]
346 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 28
28 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇa brāhmaṇā evaṃ vādino evaṃ diṭṭhino Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || saccaṃ vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditun ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(V)
29 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī || pe ||
itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso rañño paccatthikassa dāresu cārittam āpajji || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāyam puriso mālī kuṇḍalī || pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || ||

(VI)
30 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chindatīti || ||
Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho puriso kulitthīsu kulakumārīsu cārittam āpajji || tena naṃ rājāno gahetvā evarūpaṃ kammakāraṇaṃ karontīti || ||
31 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhañca no bhante sutañca sūyissati cā ti || ||
32 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diṭṭhave dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||
saccaṃ vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||


[page 347]
XLII. 13. 36] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 347
(VII)
33 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso rājānam musāvādena hāsesi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāham puriso mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || ||

(VIII)
34 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhinato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāham gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍam karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghātakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chindatīti || || Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena attham bhañji || tena naṃ rājāno gahetvā evarūpāni kammakaraṇāni karontīti || ||
35 Tam kiṃ maññasi gāmani api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhaṃ ca no bhante sutañca sūyissati cā ti || ||
36 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti


[page 348]
348 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || saccaṃ vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tuccham musā vilapanti sīlavanto vā te dussīlā vā ti || ||
Dussīlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussīlā pāpadhammā micchāpaṭipannā vā te sammāpaṭipannā vā te || ||
Micchā paṭipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaṭipannā micchādiṭṭhikā vā te sammādiṭṭhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

III
37 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || ||
Atthi me bhante āvasathāgāram || tattha atthi mañcakāni atthi āsanāni atthi udakamaṇiko atthi telapadīpo || || Tattha yo samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā vāsam upeti || tenāhaṃ yathāsattiṃ yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajāmi || || Bhūtapubbam bhante cattāro satthāro nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā tasmim āvasathāgāre vāsam upagacchuṃ ||

(I)
38 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Natthi dinnam natthi yiṭṭhaṃ natthi hutaṃ natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānam kammānam phalaṃ vipāko || natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paraloko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam paraṃ ca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || ||

(II)
39 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī. Atthi dinnam atthi yiṭṭham atthi hutam atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānam phalam vipāko


[page 349]
XLII. 13. 41] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 349
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam parañca lokam sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || ||

(III)
40 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socayato kilamato kilamayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karato na karīyati pāpaṃ || ||
Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekam maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpam natthi pāpussa āgamo || || Uttarañce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento natthi tato nidānam puññam natthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññam natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||

(IV)
41 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socapāyato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chidato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karato kāriyati pāpam


[page 350]
350 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 42
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekam maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam puññaṃ || atthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññam atthi puññassa āgamoti || ||
42 Tassa mayham bhante ahudeva kaṅkhā ahu vicikicchā || Ko su nāma imesam bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccam āha ko musā ti || ||
Alaṃ hi te gāmaṇi kaṅkhitum alaṃ vicikicchituṃ ||
kaṅkhaniye ca pana te ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā ti || ||
Evam pasanno ham bhante Bhagavati || pahoti me Bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathāham imam kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyanti || ||

IV
43 Atthi gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || katamo ca gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || ||

(I)
44 Idha gāmaṇi ariyasāvako pāṇātipātam pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti || adinnādānam pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārāpaṭivirato hoti || musāvādam pahāya musāvādā pativirato hoti


[page 351]
XLII. 13. 44] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 351
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pisuṇaṃ vācam pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti || pharusaṃ vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti || samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjhālu hoti || vyāpādadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti ||
micchādiṭṭhim pahāya sammādiṭṭhiko hoti || ||
Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ || tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭham natthi hutam natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānam phalaṃ vipāko ||
natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam parañca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam {upapajjissāmīti} || tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi


[page 352]
352 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi ||
evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(II)
45 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti patisañcikkhati || || Yvāyam satthā evaṃvādī evam diṭṭhī Atthi dinnam atthi yiṭṭham atthi hutam atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānam phalaṃ vipāko || atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam parañca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyāpādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaram vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || || Yañ cam hi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi ||

(III)
46 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati


[page 353]
XLII. 13. 47] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 353
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati ||
Yvāyam satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato chindato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nilhopam harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karato na karīyati pāpam || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imassā pathaviyā pāṇe ekamaṃsakhalam ekamaṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ cepi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam puññaṃ natthi puññassa || āgamo dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo ham na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggāho || || Yañ camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti ||
tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pitimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ citta samādhim patilabheyyāsi ||
evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(IV)
47 Sa kho so gāmani ariyasāvako vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati


[page 354]
354 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 48
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || so iti paṭisañcikkhati || Yvāyam satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopam harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musābhaṇato karato kariyati pāpam || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghāṭento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya || dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam puññam atthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññam atthi puññassa āgamo ti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || || Yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajissāmi tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayam kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi ||
tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim patilabheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

V
(I)
48 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati


[page 355]
XLII. 13. 49] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 355
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || muditāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati || sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyapajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Natthi dinnaṃ natthiyiṭṭham natthi hutam natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko || natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañ ca lokam parañca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmī ti || tassa pāmujjam jayati pamuditassa pīti jāyati ||
pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho sa gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvam cittasamādhim paṭilābheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(II)
49 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati


[page 356]
356 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 50
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
So iti paṭisañcikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Atthi dinnam atthi yiṭṭham atthi hutam atthi sukaṭadukkhaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ||
atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam parañca lokam sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || || Yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmani dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi ||
evam tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(III)
50 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato chindato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karato na kariyati pāpaṃ


[page 357]
XLII. 13. 51] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 357
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjam kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam puññam natthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yvāhaṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggāho || Yañcamhi kāyena {saṃvuto} vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upajjissāmīti tassa pāmujjaṃ jayati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||
(IV)
51 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāram gacchato musā bhanato karato kariyati pāpam


[page 358]
358 GĀMANI-SAMYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 52
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇam pi ce Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam puññam atthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññam atthi puññassa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ || yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggāho || yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto ||
yaṃ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jayati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ paṭilabheyyāsi || evam tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsīti || ||
52 Evaṃ vutte Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe ||
ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||
Gāmaṇi-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||


[page 359]
XLIII. 1. 6] ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM 359
Caṇḍo Puṭo1 Yodhājīvo
Hatthi Hayo2 Pacchābhūmako3
Desanā Saṅkhā Kūlam Maṇicūlam4 ||
Bhadra Rāsiya Pātalīti || ||

 BOOK IX- ASAṄKHATA SAṂYUTTAM

(CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO)

 SN_4,43(9).1 (1) Kāyo
1 Asaṅkhatañca bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagāmiñca maggaṃ || taṃ sunātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṃkhataṃ Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
Kāyagatā sati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhatam desito asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo taṃ mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni jhāyatha mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaṭisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ kho vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||


[page 360]
360 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 2. 1

 SN_4,43(9).2 (2) Samatho
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagāmiñca maggaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Samatho vipassanā ca || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || ||

 SN_4,43(9).3 (3) Vitakko
3 1 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi-
takko savicāro samādhi avitakkavicāramatto samādhi avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

 SN_4,43(9).4 (4) Suññatā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Suññato samādhi animitto samādhi appaṇihito samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

 SN_4,43(9).5 (5) Satipaṭṭhānā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

 SN_4,43(9).6 (6) Sammappadhānā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Cattāro sammappadhānā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || ||

 SN_4,43(9).7 (7) Iddhipadā
3 Cattāro iddhipādā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||


[page 361]
XLIII. 11. 6] VAGGO PATHAMO 361

 SN_4,43(9).8 (8) Indriya
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
Pañcindriyāni || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

 SN_4,43(9).9 (9) Bala
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmī maggo || ||
Pañcabalāni || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la ||

 SN_4,43(9).10 (10) Bojjhaṅgā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || || Sattabojjhaṅgā ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

 SN_4,43(9).11 (11) Maggena
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave vedayitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhataṃ desito asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni suññāgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
Nibbānasaṃyuttassa pathamo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kāyo Samatho Vitakko ||
Suññato Satipaṭṭhānā ||
Sammappadhānā6 Iddhipādā
Indriya7-Bala-Bojjhaṅgā ||
Maggena ekādasamaṃ ||


[page 362]
362 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) I

CHAPTER II VAGGO DUTIYO

 SN_4,43(9).12 (1) Asaṅkhatam
I (Samatho)
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhagāmiñ ca maggam || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañ ca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Samatho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitam vo matā asaṅkhataṃ desito āsaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthāra karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
II (Vipassanā)
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagāmiṃ ca maggam || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Vipassanā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || ||
4-6 Iti kha bhikkhave desitam mayā asaṅkhataṃ || pe ||
Ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
III (Cha-Samādhi)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Savitakko savicāro samādhi


[page 363]
XLIII. 12. (1) X.] VAGGO DUTIYO 363
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la ||() ||

IV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Avitakko vicāramatto samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

V
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

VI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Suññato samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||

VII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Animitto samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

VIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Apaṇihito samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

IX (Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

X
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati || la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||


[page 364]
364 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XI.
XI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati || la || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||

XII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo () ||

XIII (Cattāro sammappadhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānam anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaṇhāti padahati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānam pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaṇhati padahati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānam uppādāya chandam janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaṇhāti padahati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatamaggo || la || () ||

XVI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānam kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya paripuriyā chandam janeti


[page 365]
XLIII. 12. (1) XXI. ] VAGGO DUTIYO 365
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || pe ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XVII (Cattāro iddhipādā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || la || () ||

XIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || ||

XX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vīmaṃsa samādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || la || () ||

XXI (Pañcindriyāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||


[page 366]
366 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXII.
XXII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitam ||
pe || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || () ||

XXIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satindriyam bhāveti || la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XXIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ || pa || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || () ||

XXV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paññindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
pe || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || () ||

XXVI (Pañcabalāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||

XXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyabalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || () ||

XXVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ || la ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||


[page 367]
XLIII. 12(1) XXXVIII.] VAGGO DUTIYO 367
XXIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || () ||

XXX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paññābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ [ || la ||] ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo la || () ||

XXXI (Sattasambojjhaṅgā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ || la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||
XXXII-- XXXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || () viriyasambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || () pītisambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || () passaddhisambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || () samādhi sambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || () upekkhāsambojjhaṅgam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggaparināmi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||

XXXVIII (Aṭṭhaṅgikamaggo)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhim bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissititaṃ nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || () ||


[page 368]
368 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXXIX
XXXIX-- XLIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāsaṅkappam bhāveti || la || || () sammāvācam bhāveti || la || || () sammākammantam bhāveti || la || || () sammā-ājīvam bhāveti || la || || () sammāvāyāmam bhāveti || la || || () sammāsatim bhāveti || la || () ||

XLV
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagāmiñca maggaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || la || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhim bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitam nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || () ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhataṃ desito asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karanīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaṭisārino ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||

 SN_4,43(9).13 (2) Antam2
I-- XLV
1 Atañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi antagāmiñca maggaṃ tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave antaṃ || pe || || yathā asaṅkhataṃ tathā vitthāretabbaṃ || ||


[page 369]
XLIII. 19. (8)] VAGGO DUTIYO 369

 SN_4,43(9).14 (3) Anāsavam
I-- XLV
1 Anāsavañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anāsavagāmiṃ ca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).15 (4) Saccam
I-- XLV
1 Saccañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saccagāmiṃ ca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).16 (5) Pāram
I-- XLV
1 Pārañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi pāragāmiṃ ca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).17 (6) Nipuṇam
I-- XLV
1 Nipuṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nipuṇagamiñca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).18 (7) Sududdasam
I-- XLV
1 Sududdasañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sududdasagamiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).19 (8) Ajajjaram
I-- XLV
1 Ajajjaraṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi ajajjaragamiñca maggaṃ || ||


[page 370]
370 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 20. (9)

 SN_4,43(9).20 (9) Dhuvam
I-- XLV
1 Dhuvañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dhuvagāmiñca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).21 (10) Apalokitam
I-- XLV
1 Apalokitañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi apalokitagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).22 (11) Anidassanam
I-- XLV
1 Anidassanañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anidassanagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).23 (12) Nippapam
I-- XLV
1 Nippapañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nippapañcagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).24 (13) Santam
I-- XLV
1 Santañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi santagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).25 (14) Amatam
I-- XLV
1 Amataṃca vo bhikkhave desissāmi amatagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).26 (15) Panītam
I-- XLV
1 Paṇītaṃca vo bhikkhave desissāmi paṇītagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).27 (16) Sivam
I-- XLV
1 Sivañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sivagāmiñca- || ||


[page 371]
XLIII. 36. (25)] VAGGO DUTIYO 371

 SN_4,43(9).28 (17) Khemaṃ
I-- XLV
1 Khemañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi khemagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).29 (18) Taṇhakkhayo
I-- XLV
1 Taṇhakkhayaṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi taṇhakkhayagamiṃ ca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).30 (19) Acchariya
I-- XLV
1 Acchariyañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi acchariyagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).31 (20) Abbhutam
I-- XLV
1 Abbhutañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi abbhutagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).32 (21) Anītika
I-- XLV
1 Anītikañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anītikagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).33 (22) Anītikadhamma
I-- XLV
1 Anītikadhammañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anītikadhammagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).34 (23) Nibbānam
I-- XLV
1 Nibbānañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nibbānagāmiñca- || ||

 SN_4,43(9).35 (24) Avyāpajjho
I-- XLV
1 Avyāpajjhañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi avyāpajjhagāmiñca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).36 (25) Virāgo
I-- XLV
1 Virāgañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi virāgagāmiñca- || ||


[page 372]
372 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 37. (26)

 SN_4,43(9).37 (26) Suddhi
I-- XLV
1 Suddhiñca vo bhikkhave desissāmi suddhigāmiñca maggam || ||

 SN_4,43(9).38 (27) Mutti
I-- XLV
1 Muttiñca vo bhikkhave desissāmi muttigāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).39 (28) Anālayo
I-- XLV
1 Anālayañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anālayagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).40 (29) Dīpa
I-- XLV
1 Dīpañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dīpagāmiñca maggaṃ ||
tam suṇātha || ||

 SN_4,43(9).41 (30) Leṇa
I-- XLV
1 Leṇāñca vo bhikkhave desissāmi leṇagamiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).42 (31) Tāṇaṃ
I-- XLV
1 Tāṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi tāṇagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

 SN_4,43(9).43 (32) Saraṇam
I-- XLV
1 Saraṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saraṇagāmiñca ca maggaṃ || ||


[page 373]
XLIII. 44(33. XLV)] VAGGO DUTIYO 373

 SN_4,43(9).44 (33) Parāyaṇam
I
1 Parāyanañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi parāyanagāmiñca maggaṃ || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave parāyanaṃ || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave parāyaṇaṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || || Kāyagatā sati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā parāyanaṃ desito parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇiyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni suññāgārāni jāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
II-- XLV
Yathā asaṅkhataṃ tathā vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
Tatruddānam || ||
Asaṅkhatam Antam Anāsavaṃ ||
Saccañca Pāraṃ Nipuṇaṃ Sududdasaṃ ||
Ajajjarantaṃ Dhuvam Apalokitaṃ || ||
Anidassanaṃ Nippapañca Santaṃ || ||
Amataṃ Paṇītañca Sivañca Khemam ||
Taṇhakkhayo Acchariyañca Abbhutam ||
Anītikam Anītikadhammaṃ Nibbānam etaṃ Sugatena desitaṃ || ||
Avyāpajjo Virāgoca ||
Suddhi Mutti Anālayo ||
Dīpaṃ Leṇañca Tāṇañca ||
Saraṇañca Parāyanan ti- || ||
Asaṅkhatasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||


[page 374]
374 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 1

 BOOK X AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM

 SN_4,44(10).1 Khemātherī
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Khemā bhikkhunī Kosalesu cārikam caramānā antarā ca Sāvatthiṃ antarā ca Sāketaṃ Toraṇavatthusmiṃ vāsām upagatā hoti || ||
3 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Sāketā Sāvatthiṃ gacchanto antarā ca Sāketam antarā cā Sāvatthiṃ Toraṇavatthusmim ekarattivāsam upagacchi || ||
4 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo aññataram purisam āmantesi || Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa Toraṇavatthusmiṃ tathārūpaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā jāna yam aham ajja payirūpāseyyanti || ||
Evaṃ devāti kho so puriso rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa paṭissutvā kevalakappaṃ Toraṇavatthusmim āhiṇḍanto nāddasa tathārūpaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yaṃ rājā Pasenadi Kosalo payirūpāseyya || ||
5 Addasa kho so puriso Khemam bhikkhuniṃ Toraṇavatthusmiṃ vāsam upagataṃ || || Disvāna yena rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ Pasenadi-Kosalam etad avoca || || Natthi kho devā Toraṇavatthusmim tathārūpo samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yam devo payirupāseyya || atthi ca kho deva Khemā nāma bhikkhunī tassa Bhagavato sāvikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
tassā kho pana ayyāya evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato


[page 375]
XLIV. 1. 11] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 375
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvinī bahussutā cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhānā ti || taṃ devo payirūpāsatūti || ||
6 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo yena Khemā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Khemam bhikkhunim abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho ayye hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti || ||
8 Kim pana ayye na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti || ||
Tam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho ayye hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti || ||
10 Kimpanayye neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato parammaraṇāti || ||
Etam pikho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho ayye Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti iti puṭṭhā samānā Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vadesi || || Kim panayye Na hoti tathagato param maraṇāti iti puṭṭhā samānā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho ayye Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti iti puṭṭhā samānā Avyākatam kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇati iti puṭṭhā samānā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || || Ko nu kho ayye hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti


[page 376]
376 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 12
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
12 Tena hi mahārāja taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaṇako va muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaṅgāya vālukam gaṇetum Ettakā vālukā iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatasahassānīti vā ti || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
14 Atthi pana te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakaṃ manituṃ Ettakāni udakāḷhakāni iti va Ettakāni udakāḷhakasatāni iti vā Ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī ti vā ti || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Mahāyye samuddo gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāhoti || ||
15 Evam eva kho mahārāja yena rūpena tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || taṃ rūpaṃ tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchinnamūlam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādakataṃ || || Rūpasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pi na upeti || ||
16 Yāya vedanāya tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya


[page 377]
XLIV. 1. 22] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 377
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || sā vedanā tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Vedanāsaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na hoti- || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti na upeti || ||
17 Yāya saññāya tatthāgataṃ || pe || ||
18 Yehi saṅkhārehi tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || te saṅkhārā tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādhammā || ||
Saṅkhārasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || ||
19 Yena viññāṇena tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || tam viññāṇam tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchinnamūlaṃ talāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || viññāṇasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhiro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upetīti || ||
20 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Khemam bhikkhuniṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
21 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo aparena samayena yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
22 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||


[page 378]
378 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 23
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
23 Kim pana bhante na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākataṃ mayā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā tipe || ||
24-25 || ||
26 Kiṃ nu kho bhante Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim pana bhante Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno tam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
27 Tena hi mahārāja taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
28 Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaṅgāya vālikaṃ gaṇetum ettakā vālikā iti vā || pe || ettakāni vālikasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
29 Atthi pana te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakam pametum ettakāni udakāḷhakāni iti vā || pe || ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Mahā bhante samuddo gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho ti || ||
30 Evam eva kho mahārāja yenarūpena tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvagatam āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ

[page 379]
XLIV. 1. 37] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 379
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || rūpasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || ||
31 Yāya vedanāya || pe || ||
32 Yāya saññāya || ||
33 Yehi saṅkhārehi || ||
34 Yena viññāṇena tatthāgatam paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || taṃ viññāṇam tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || viññāṇasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upetī ti || ||
35 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma satthuno sāvikāya ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na virodhayissati yad idam aggapadasmiṃ ||
36 Ekam idāhaṃ bhante samayam Khemam bhikkhunim upasaṅkamitvā etam attham apucchiṃ || sā pi me ayyā etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam attham vyākāsi seyyathāpi Bhagavā || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma satthu sāvikāya ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na virodhayissati yad idam aggapadasmiṃ || Handa dāni mayam bhante gacchāma bahukiccā mayam bahukaraṇīyā ti || ||
Yassa dāni tvam mahārāja kālaṃ maññasī ti || ||
37 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhayāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmīti


[page 380]
380 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||

 SN_4,44(10).2 Anurādho
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāyasmā Anurādho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Anurādhena saddhim sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuṃ || || Yo so avuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramappattipatto taṃ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramappattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuṃ || So cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
5 Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||


[page 381]
XLIV. 2. 9] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 381
6 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ puccheyyuṃ || kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññātitthiyānam paribbājakānaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyam na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
7 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante Bhagavato avidūre araññakūṭikāyam viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante sambahulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṃhamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā mayā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu ||
ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā mam etad avocuṃ || Yo so āvuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || || Evam vutto ham bhante te aññatitthiye paribbājake etad avocaṃ ||
Yo so avuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamano paññāpeti || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā mam etad avocuṃ || Yo cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bāloavyatto ti || || Atha kho mam bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
9 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi


[page 382]
382 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || || Sace kho maṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ puccheyyuṃ kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānam vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyaṃ || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyāti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ ||
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Tasmā ti ha Anurādha yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā olārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ va paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || || Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā || pe ||
Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ


[page 383]
XLIV. 2. 19] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 383
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
12 Evam passam Anurādha sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati vedanāya pi nibbindati saññāya pi nibbindati saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante
Saññaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Saṅkhāre tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha || Rūpasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Vedanāya || pa || aññatra vedanāya || pa || ||
16 Saññāya || pa || aññatra saññāya || pa ||
17 Saṅkhāresu || pa || aññatra saṅkhārehi || pa || ||
18 Viññāṇasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasi ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
19 Taṃ kim maññāsi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viṇṇāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||


[page 384]
384 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 20
No hetam bhante || ||
20 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha ayaṃ so arūpī avedano asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Ettha te Anurādha diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhyamāne kallaṃ nu taṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || la || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
22 Sādhu sādhu Anurādha pubbe cāham Anurādha etarahi ca dukkhañ ceva paññāpemi dukkhassa ca nirodhanti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).3 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhika (or Pagatam)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā Koṭṭhiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko sāyaṇhasamayam patisallānā pavuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho avuso Sāriputta || hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgāto param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Kim panāvuso na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||


[page 385]
XLIV. 3. 11] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 385
Etampi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
6 Kim panāvuso neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno avyākataṃ kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim panāvuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso rūpagatam etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti rūpagatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti rūpagatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti rūpagatam etaṃ || ||
9 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso vedanāgatam etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vedanāgatam etaṃ || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vedanāgatam etam || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vedanāgatam etam || ||
10 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso saññāgatam etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saññāgatam etam || || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saññāgatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saññāgatam etaṃ || ||
11 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso saṅkhāragatam etam


[page 386]
386 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 3. 12
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saṅkhāragatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saṅkhāragatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saṅkhāragatam etaṃ || ||
12 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso viññāṇagatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti viññāṇagatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti viññāṇagatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi viññāṇagatam etam || ||
13 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).4 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhiko2 (or Samudaya)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca MahāKoṭṭhiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharantipe IsipataneMigadāye|| ||
2-7 Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Rūpaṃ kho āvuso ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpasamudayam ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
12 Viññāṇaṃ ajānato apassato yathābhūtam || viññāṇasamudayam ajanato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodhayāminim paṭipadam ajānato apassato yathābhūtam Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti


[page 387]
XLIV. 5. 12] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 387
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
13 Rūpaṃ ca kho āvuso jānato passato yathābhūtam ||
rūpasamudayaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||
14,15,16 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
17 Viññāṇaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇa samudayaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtam Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
18 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).5 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhika (3) (or Pema)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Koṭṭhiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || pe ||
2-7 Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Rūpe kho āvuso avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkāresu || ||
12 Viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe ||


[page 388]
388 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 5. 13
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
13 Rūpe ca kho āvuso vigatarāgassa || pa ||
14-16 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
17 Viññāṇe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
18 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).6 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhiko4 (or Ārāma)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahākoṭṭhiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkami āyasmatā Mahā-Koṭṭhikena saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-Koṭṭhikam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Koṭṭhika hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || pe || kim panāvuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti iti puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
I
4 Rūpārāmassa kho āvuso rūparatassa rūpasammuditassa rūpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti


[page 389]
XLIV. 6. 8] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 389
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || || Vedanārāmassa kho āvuso vedanāratassa vedanāsammuditassa vedanānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || || Saññārāmassa kho āvuso || || Saṅkhārarāmassa kho āvuso || ||
Viññāṇārāmassa kho āvuso viññāṇaratassa viññāṇasammuditassa viññāṇanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
5 Na rūpārāmassa kho āvuso na rūparatassa na rūpasammuditassa rūpanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtam Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
Na vedanārāmassa kho āvuso || la || Na saññārāmassa kho āvuso || Na saṅkhārārāmassa kho āvuso || || Na viññāṇārāmassa kho āvuso na viññāṇaratassa na viññāṇasamuditassa viññāṇanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayoyena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
II
7 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
8 Bhavārāmassa kho āvuso bhavaratassa bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||


[page 390]
390 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 6.
9 Na bhavārāmassa kho āvuso na bhavaratassa na bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa
na hoti ||
10 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
III
11 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
12 Upādānārāmassa kho āvuso upādānaratassa upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
13 Na upādānārāmassa kho āvuso na upādānaratassa na upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
14 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo || yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
IV
15 Siyā panāvuso añño pariyāyo yena tam vyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
16 Taṇhārāmassa kho āvuso taṇhāratassa taṇhāsammuditassa taṇhānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
17 Na taṇhāramassa kho āvuso na taṇhāratassa na taṇhāsammuditassa taṇhānirodham jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||


[page 391]
XLIV. 7. 6] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 391
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
18 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
V
19 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
Ettha dāni āvuso Sāriputta ito uttariṃ kim icchasi ||
taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno vaḍḍhaṃ natthi paññāpanāyā ti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).7 Moggalāno (or Āyatana)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā MahāMoggalāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko ti || ||
4 Kim pana bho Moggalāna asassato loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Asassato loko ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Moggalāna antavā loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Antavā loko ti || ||
6 Kim pana bho Moggalāna anantavā loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Anantavā loko ti || ||


[page 392]
392 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 7
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Moggalāna taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti || ||
Avyakātaṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīran ti || ||
8 Kim pana kho Moggalāna aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho Moggalāna hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Kim pana bho Moggalāna na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho bho Maggalāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
12 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || || Sassato lokoti vā || Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā || Anantavā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīran ti va Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||


[page 393]
XLIV. 7. 27] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 393
14 Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaṇassa Gotamassa evaṃ puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīran ti ||
Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīran ti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ||
Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
15 Aññatitthiyā ca kho Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhum Etam mama eto ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti ||
sotam || ghānam || jīvham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || kāyam || manam Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || tasmā aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evam veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti ||
Sassato loka ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
16 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cakkhuṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupasati || sotaṃ || ghānaṃ || jivhaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || samanupassati || kāyaṃ ||
manaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
17 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhayāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammadanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
18 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto Bhagavantam etad avoca || kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama Sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
19-26 || ||
27 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||


[page 394]
394 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 28
28 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ vyākaraṇam hoti Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama hetu kho paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||
29 Aññatitthiyā Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhuṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe ||
jivham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe || kāyaṃ || manaṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || || Tasmā aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānaṃ evam puṭṭhānam evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cakkhuṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || sotaṃ || ghānaṃ || jivhaṃ || kāyaṃ ||
manaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Taṃ jivaṃ taṃ sarīranti pi || Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti pi ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
31 Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmiṃ || ||
32 Idānāham bho Gotama samaṇam Mahā-Moggalānam upasaṅkamitvā etam attham apucchiṃ


[page 395]
XLIV. 8. 14] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 395
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || samaṇo pi Moggalāno etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam atthaṃ vyākāsi seyyathāpi bhavaṃ Gotamo || || Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmin ti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).8 Vaccho (or Bandham)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
4-11 || ||
12 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti Sassato lokoti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||
14 Aññatitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā rūpam attato samanupassanti || rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanam attato samanupassanti ||
pe || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññānam attato samanupassanti || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || tasmā aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ vyākaraṇam hoti


[page 396]
396 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 8. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
15 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || na vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || na saññaṃ || na saṅkhāre || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
16 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhayāsanā yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
17 Ekam antam nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko ti || ||
18-26 ||pe|| ||
27 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
28 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || || Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaṇassa Gotamassa evam puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||


[page 397]
XLIV. 8. 31] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 397
29 Aññātitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā rūpam attato samanupassanti || rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre ||
Viññānam attato samanupassanti || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tasmā aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || Na vedanaṃ || Na saññaṃ || Na saṅkhāre || Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāvantaṃ vā attānam na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmim vā attānaṃ || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || ||
Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi ||
Anantavā loko ti pi || Taṃ jivaṃ taṃ sarīran ti pi || Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||
30 Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatra hi nāma satthu ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yad idam aggapadasmiṃ || ||
31 Idānāham bho Moggalāna samaṇaṃ Gotamam upasaṅkamitvā etam attham appucchiṃ || samaṇo pi Gotamo etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam attham vyākāsi seyyathāpi bhavaṃ Moggalāno || || Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatrahi nāma satthu ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vyañjanehi vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yad idam aggapadasmin ti || ||


[page 398]
398 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 2

 SN_4,44(10).9 Kutūhalasālā
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Purimāni bho Gotama divasāni purimatarāni sambahulānaṃ nānātitthiyānaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇāparibbājakānam Kutūhalasālāyam sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
4 Ayaṃ kho Pūraṇo Kassapo saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkatam upapattīsu vyākaroti Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || || Yo pissa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkatam upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || ||
5 Ayam pi kho Makkhali Gosālo || pe ||
6 Ayam pi kho Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto || pe || ||
7 Ayam pi kho Sañjayo Belaṭṭhiputto || pe || ||
8 Ayam pi kho Pakuddho Kaccāyano || pe || ||
9 Ayam pi kho Ajito Kesakambalo saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatītam kālaṅkatam upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || || Yo pissa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattiputto tam pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkataṃ upapattīsu vyākaroti


[page 399]
XLIV. 9. 14] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 399
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || ||
10 Ayam pi kho samaṇo Gotamo saṅghī ceva gaṇi ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkatam upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || || Yo ca khvassa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatītam kālaṅkatam upapattīsu na vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || api ca kho nam evaṃ vyākaroti Acchejji taṇhaṃ vivattayi saññojanaṃ sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti || ||
11 Tassa mayham bho Gotama ahud eva kaṅkhā ahu vicikicchā Kathañhi nāma samaṇassa Gotamassa dhammābhiññeyyāti || ||
12 Alañhi te Vaccha kaṅkhituṃ alaṃ vicikicchituṃ ||
kaṅkhaniye ca pana te ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā || || Saupādānassa khvāham Vaccha upapattim paññāpemi no anupādānassa || ||
13 Seyyathāpi Vaccha aggi sa-upādāno jalati no anupādāno || evam eva khvāham Vaccha sa-upādānassa upapattim paññāpemi no anupādānassā ti || ||
14 Yasmim pana bho Gotama samaye acci vātena khittā dūram pi gacchati || imassa pana bhavaṃ Gotamo kim upādānasmim paññāpetī ti || ||
Yasmiṃ kho Vaccha samaye acci vātena khittā dūram pi gacchati || tam ahaṃ vātupādānam vadāmi vāto hissa Vaccha tasmiṃ samaye upādānaṃ hotī ti || ||


[page 400]
400 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 15
15 Yasmiñ ca pana bho Gotama samaye imañ ca kāyam nikkhipati satto ca aññataraṃ kāyam anuppanno hoti || imassa pana bhavaṃ Gotamo kim upādānasmim paññāpetī ti || ||
Yasmiṃ kho Vaccha samaye imañ ca kāyam nikkhipati satto ca aññataram kāyam anuppanno hoti || tam ahaṃ taṇhupādānaṃ vadāmi || taṇhā hissa Vaccha tasmiṃ samaye upādānaṃ hotī tī || ||

 SN_4,44(10).10 Ānando (or Atthatto)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama atthattā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
Kim pana bho Gotamo natthattā ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando acirapakkante Vacchagotte paribbājake Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante Bhagavā Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa pañham puṭṭho na vyākāsīti || ||
5 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā ti puṭṭho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaṃ || ye te Ānanda samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā tesam etaṃ saddhim abhavissa || ||
6 Ahan c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthattāti puṭṭho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaṃ || ye te Ānanda samaṇabrāhmaṇā ucchedavādā tesam etaṃ saddhim abhavissa


[page 401]
XLIV. 11. 5] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 401
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] || ||
7 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā ti puṭṭho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaṃ || api nu me tam anulomam abhavissa ñāṇassa upādāya Sabbe dhammā anattāti || ||
No hetam bhante
8 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthattāti puṭṭho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaṃ || sammuḷhassa Ānanda Vacchagottassa bhīyyo sammohāya abhavissa Ahu vā me nūna pubbe attā || so etarahi natthīti || ||

 SN_4,44(10).11 Sabhiyo
1 Ekam samayam āyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sabhiyena Kaccānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Sabhiyam Kaccānam etad avoca || Kiṃ nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Kim pana bho Kaccāna na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā. Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||


[page 402]
402 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 11. 6-14
6 Kim pana bho Kaccāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākatam kho etaṃ Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
8 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi ||
9 Kim nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
10 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
11 Ko nu kho bho Kaccāna hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākataṃ samaṇena Gotamenā ti || ||
12 Yo ca Vaccha hetu yo ca paccayo paññāpanāya Rūpīti vā Arūpīti vā Saññīti vā Asaññīti vā Neva saññī nāsaññīti vā || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbam aparisesaṃ nirujjheyya || kena naṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya Rūpīti vā Arūpīti vā Saññī vā Asaññīti va Neva saññī nāsaññīti vā ti || ||
13 Kīva ciram pabbajito si Kaccānā ti || ||
Na ciram āvuso tīni vassānī ti || ||
14 Yassa passa āvuso ettakena ettakam eva tam passa bahuṃ || ko pana vādo eva abhikkante ti || ||


[page 403]
AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 403
Avyākata-saṃyuttaṃ samattam || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Khemā therī Anurādho || ||
Sāriputto ti Koṭṭhiko ||
Moggalāno ca Vaccho ca ||
Kutuhālasālānando ||
Sabhiyo ekādasaman ti || ||
Saḷāyatana-vagga-saṃyuttaṃ-samattam || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Saḷāyatana Vedanā ||
Mātugāmo Jambukhādako ||
Sāmaṇḍako Moggalāno ||
Citto Gāmaṇi Saṅkhataṃ ||
Avyākatan ti dasadhā ti || ||
Dasabalaselappabhavā nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā aṭṭhaṅgamaggasalilā Jinavacananadī ciraṃ vahatu || ||
Saḷāyatana-vaggo || ||